NO824067L - AMINOBUTYLFORBINDELSER. - Google Patents
AMINOBUTYLFORBINDELSER.Info
- Publication number
- NO824067L NO824067L NO824067A NO824067A NO824067L NO 824067 L NO824067 L NO 824067L NO 824067 A NO824067 A NO 824067A NO 824067 A NO824067 A NO 824067A NO 824067 L NO824067 L NO 824067L
- Authority
- NO
- Norway
- Prior art keywords
- group
- formula
- acid
- compound
- hydroxy
- Prior art date
Links
- -1 phosphonio group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 214
- 150000001875 compounds Chemical class 0.000 claims description 162
- 125000002887 hydroxy group Chemical group [H]O* 0.000 claims description 92
- 239000000203 mixture Substances 0.000 claims description 56
- 150000003839 salts Chemical class 0.000 claims description 56
- 238000000034 method Methods 0.000 claims description 47
- 125000003178 carboxy group Chemical group [H]OC(*)=O 0.000 claims description 46
- 125000002924 primary amino group Chemical group [H]N([H])* 0.000 claims description 32
- 125000003277 amino group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 31
- 230000003287 optical effect Effects 0.000 claims description 21
- 229910052740 iodine Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 17
- 238000002360 preparation method Methods 0.000 claims description 12
- 125000002915 carbonyl group Chemical group [*:2]C([*:1])=O 0.000 claims description 11
- 125000001476 phosphono group Chemical group [H]OP(*)(=O)O[H] 0.000 claims description 10
- 229910052760 oxygen Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 9
- 239000001301 oxygen Substances 0.000 claims description 9
- 238000004519 manufacturing process Methods 0.000 claims description 8
- QVGXLLKOCUKJST-UHFFFAOYSA-N atomic oxygen Chemical compound [O] QVGXLLKOCUKJST-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 7
- 230000004962 physiological condition Effects 0.000 claims description 7
- RSCYKGMZFCMBDU-QUBYGPBYSA-N (5r,6s)-3-(4-aminobutyl)-6-(hydroxymethyl)-7-oxo-4-thia-1-azabicyclo[3.2.0]hept-2-ene-2-carboxylic acid Chemical compound S1C(CCCCN)=C(C(O)=O)N2C(=O)[C@H](CO)[C@@H]12 RSCYKGMZFCMBDU-QUBYGPBYSA-N 0.000 claims description 6
- 150000001768 cations Chemical class 0.000 claims description 6
- 230000008569 process Effects 0.000 claims description 6
- NINIDFKCEFEMDL-UHFFFAOYSA-N Sulfur Chemical compound [S] NINIDFKCEFEMDL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 5
- 239000005864 Sulphur Substances 0.000 claims description 4
- 238000006798 ring closing metathesis reaction Methods 0.000 claims description 2
- YMWUJEATGCHHMB-UHFFFAOYSA-N Dichloromethane Chemical compound ClCCl YMWUJEATGCHHMB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 102
- XEKOWRVHYACXOJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethyl acetate Chemical compound CCOC(C)=O XEKOWRVHYACXOJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 85
- YXFVVABEGXRONW-UHFFFAOYSA-N Toluene Chemical compound CC1=CC=CC=C1 YXFVVABEGXRONW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 69
- 239000000243 solution Substances 0.000 description 62
- 238000006243 chemical reaction Methods 0.000 description 55
- 235000002639 sodium chloride Nutrition 0.000 description 52
- QTBSBXVTEAMEQO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Acetic acid Chemical compound CC(O)=O QTBSBXVTEAMEQO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 43
- RTZKZFJDLAIYFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Diethyl ether Chemical compound CCOCC RTZKZFJDLAIYFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 43
- LFQSCWFLJHTTHZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethanol Chemical compound CCO LFQSCWFLJHTTHZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 41
- WYURNTSHIVDZCO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Tetrahydrofuran Chemical compound C1CCOC1 WYURNTSHIVDZCO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 38
- 125000000217 alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 35
- 239000002253 acid Substances 0.000 description 34
- OKKJLVBELUTLKV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Methanol Chemical compound OC OKKJLVBELUTLKV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 33
- ZMXDDKWLCZADIW-UHFFFAOYSA-N N,N-Dimethylformamide Chemical compound CN(C)C=O ZMXDDKWLCZADIW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 30
- ZMANZCXQSJIPKH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Triethylamine Chemical compound CCN(CC)CC ZMANZCXQSJIPKH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 30
- XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N water Substances O XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 28
- 239000002904 solvent Substances 0.000 description 26
- WSFSSNUMVMOOMR-UHFFFAOYSA-N Formaldehyde Chemical class O=C WSFSSNUMVMOOMR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 25
- WEVYAHXRMPXWCK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Acetonitrile Chemical compound CC#N WEVYAHXRMPXWCK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 24
- 239000003795 chemical substances by application Substances 0.000 description 23
- 239000007858 starting material Substances 0.000 description 23
- HEMHJVSKTPXQMS-UHFFFAOYSA-M sodium hydroxide Inorganic materials [OH-].[Na+] HEMHJVSKTPXQMS-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 22
- VYPSYNLAJGMNEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Silicium dioxide Chemical compound O=[Si]=O VYPSYNLAJGMNEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 21
- 125000001997 phenyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C(*)C([H])=C1[H] 0.000 description 21
- 239000000741 silica gel Substances 0.000 description 20
- 229910002027 silica gel Inorganic materials 0.000 description 20
- 125000006239 protecting group Chemical group 0.000 description 19
- YLQBMQCUIZJEEH-UHFFFAOYSA-N tetrahydrofuran Natural products C=1C=COC=1 YLQBMQCUIZJEEH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 19
- CSCPPACGZOOCGX-UHFFFAOYSA-N Acetone Chemical compound CC(C)=O CSCPPACGZOOCGX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 18
- UHOVQNZJYSORNB-UHFFFAOYSA-N Benzene Chemical compound C1=CC=CC=C1 UHOVQNZJYSORNB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 18
- KDLHZDBZIXYQEI-UHFFFAOYSA-N Palladium Chemical compound [Pd] KDLHZDBZIXYQEI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 18
- QAOWNCQODCNURD-UHFFFAOYSA-N Sulfuric acid Chemical compound OS(O)(=O)=O QAOWNCQODCNURD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 18
- 125000002252 acyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 18
- 238000001704 evaporation Methods 0.000 description 18
- 230000008020 evaporation Effects 0.000 description 18
- 229910052783 alkali metal Inorganic materials 0.000 description 17
- 239000002585 base Substances 0.000 description 17
- 229910052739 hydrogen Inorganic materials 0.000 description 17
- 239000001257 hydrogen Substances 0.000 description 17
- VEXZGXHMUGYJMC-UHFFFAOYSA-N Hydrochloric acid Chemical compound Cl VEXZGXHMUGYJMC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 16
- UIIMBOGNXHQVGW-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium bicarbonate Chemical compound [Na+].OC([O-])=O UIIMBOGNXHQVGW-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 16
- 239000000460 chlorine Substances 0.000 description 16
- 229910052736 halogen Inorganic materials 0.000 description 16
- 229960000583 acetic acid Drugs 0.000 description 15
- 125000003545 alkoxy group Chemical group 0.000 description 15
- 150000002367 halogens Chemical group 0.000 description 15
- 125000002496 methyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 15
- 239000012074 organic phase Substances 0.000 description 15
- IJGRMHOSHXDMSA-UHFFFAOYSA-N Atomic nitrogen Chemical compound N#N IJGRMHOSHXDMSA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 14
- JUJWROOIHBZHMG-UHFFFAOYSA-N Pyridine Chemical compound C1=CC=NC=C1 JUJWROOIHBZHMG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 14
- 150000001340 alkali metals Chemical class 0.000 description 14
- 239000000047 product Substances 0.000 description 14
- 239000011734 sodium Substances 0.000 description 14
- RIOQSEWOXXDEQQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N triphenylphosphine Chemical compound C1=CC=CC=C1P(C=1C=CC=CC=1)C1=CC=CC=C1 RIOQSEWOXXDEQQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 14
- DGAQECJNVWCQMB-PUAWFVPOSA-M Ilexoside XXIX Chemical compound C[C@@H]1CC[C@@]2(CC[C@@]3(C(=CC[C@H]4[C@]3(CC[C@@H]5[C@@]4(CC[C@@H](C5(C)C)OS(=O)(=O)[O-])C)C)[C@@H]2[C@]1(C)O)C)C(=O)O[C@H]6[C@@H]([C@H]([C@@H]([C@H](O6)CO)O)O)O.[Na+] DGAQECJNVWCQMB-PUAWFVPOSA-M 0.000 description 13
- PMZURENOXWZQFD-UHFFFAOYSA-L Sodium Sulfate Chemical compound [Na+].[Na+].[O-]S([O-])(=O)=O PMZURENOXWZQFD-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 13
- 125000001181 organosilyl group Chemical class [SiH3]* 0.000 description 13
- 235000015424 sodium Nutrition 0.000 description 13
- RYHBNJHYFVUHQT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,4-Dioxane Chemical compound C1COCCO1 RYHBNJHYFVUHQT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 12
- 150000001732 carboxylic acid derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 12
- 239000003153 chemical reaction reagent Substances 0.000 description 12
- 229910052801 chlorine Inorganic materials 0.000 description 12
- 238000004587 chromatography analysis Methods 0.000 description 12
- FVAUCKIRQBBSSJ-UHFFFAOYSA-M sodium iodide Chemical compound [Na+].[I-] FVAUCKIRQBBSSJ-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 12
- 238000003756 stirring Methods 0.000 description 12
- ZAMOUSCENKQFHK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Chlorine atom Chemical compound [Cl] ZAMOUSCENKQFHK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 11
- UFHFLCQGNIYNRP-UHFFFAOYSA-N Hydrogen Chemical compound [H][H] UFHFLCQGNIYNRP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 11
- KWYUFKZDYYNOTN-UHFFFAOYSA-M Potassium hydroxide Chemical compound [OH-].[K+] KWYUFKZDYYNOTN-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 11
- MNFORVFSTILPAW-UHFFFAOYSA-N azetidin-2-one Chemical class O=C1CCN1 MNFORVFSTILPAW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 11
- 125000001495 ethyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 11
- VLKZOEOYAKHREP-UHFFFAOYSA-N n-Hexane Chemical compound CCCCCC VLKZOEOYAKHREP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 11
- 229910052757 nitrogen Inorganic materials 0.000 description 11
- 229910052938 sodium sulfate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 11
- 235000011152 sodium sulphate Nutrition 0.000 description 11
- 239000007787 solid Substances 0.000 description 11
- 125000003282 alkyl amino group Chemical group 0.000 description 10
- GDTBXPJZTBHREO-UHFFFAOYSA-N bromine Substances BrBr GDTBXPJZTBHREO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 10
- 239000003054 catalyst Substances 0.000 description 10
- FAPWRFPIFSIZLT-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium chloride Chemical compound [Na+].[Cl-] FAPWRFPIFSIZLT-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 9
- 150000007513 acids Chemical class 0.000 description 9
- 125000004453 alkoxycarbonyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 9
- 229910052794 bromium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 9
- 125000004432 carbon atom Chemical group C* 0.000 description 9
- RAXXELZNTBOGNW-UHFFFAOYSA-N imidazole Natural products C1=CNC=N1 RAXXELZNTBOGNW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 9
- 238000002329 infrared spectrum Methods 0.000 description 9
- 239000003921 oil Substances 0.000 description 9
- 125000005740 oxycarbonyl group Chemical group [*:1]OC([*:2])=O 0.000 description 9
- HEDRZPFGACZZDS-UHFFFAOYSA-N Chloroform Chemical compound ClC(Cl)Cl HEDRZPFGACZZDS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 8
- KFZMGEQAYNKOFK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Isopropanol Chemical compound CC(C)O KFZMGEQAYNKOFK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 8
- 239000008346 aqueous phase Substances 0.000 description 8
- 239000007864 aqueous solution Substances 0.000 description 8
- 125000003236 benzoyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C(C([H])=C1[H])C(*)=O 0.000 description 8
- 229910052799 carbon Inorganic materials 0.000 description 8
- 150000002148 esters Chemical class 0.000 description 8
- 239000000543 intermediate Substances 0.000 description 8
- 229910052751 metal Inorganic materials 0.000 description 8
- 239000002184 metal Substances 0.000 description 8
- BDAGIHXWWSANSR-UHFFFAOYSA-N methanoic acid Natural products OC=O BDAGIHXWWSANSR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 8
- 229910052763 palladium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 8
- 125000001424 substituent group Chemical group 0.000 description 8
- 239000000725 suspension Substances 0.000 description 8
- UMGDCJDMYOKAJW-UHFFFAOYSA-N thiourea Chemical class NC(N)=S UMGDCJDMYOKAJW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 8
- WKBOTKDWSSQWDR-UHFFFAOYSA-N Bromine atom Chemical compound [Br] WKBOTKDWSSQWDR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 7
- JGFZNNIVVJXRND-UHFFFAOYSA-N N,N-Diisopropylethylamine (DIPEA) Chemical compound CCN(C(C)C)C(C)C JGFZNNIVVJXRND-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 7
- 239000013543 active substance Substances 0.000 description 7
- 238000001816 cooling Methods 0.000 description 7
- 239000012442 inert solvent Substances 0.000 description 7
- 125000000956 methoxy group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])O* 0.000 description 7
- UMJSCPRVCHMLSP-UHFFFAOYSA-N pyridine Natural products COC1=CC=CN=C1 UMJSCPRVCHMLSP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 7
- 238000006722 reduction reaction Methods 0.000 description 7
- 230000002829 reductive effect Effects 0.000 description 7
- 235000017557 sodium bicarbonate Nutrition 0.000 description 7
- 229910000030 sodium bicarbonate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 7
- 238000003797 solvolysis reaction Methods 0.000 description 7
- 125000003638 stannyl group Chemical group [H][Sn]([H])([H])* 0.000 description 7
- KRHYYFGTRYWZRS-UHFFFAOYSA-M Fluoride anion Chemical compound [F-] KRHYYFGTRYWZRS-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 6
- NBIIXXVUZAFLBC-UHFFFAOYSA-N Phosphoric acid Chemical compound OP(O)(O)=O NBIIXXVUZAFLBC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 125000004414 alkyl thio group Chemical group 0.000 description 6
- 125000001797 benzyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C(C([H])=C1[H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 6
- 239000003638 chemical reducing agent Substances 0.000 description 6
- 239000012039 electrophile Substances 0.000 description 6
- 238000010438 heat treatment Methods 0.000 description 6
- 150000002431 hydrogen Chemical class 0.000 description 6
- 238000005984 hydrogenation reaction Methods 0.000 description 6
- 238000006263 metalation reaction Methods 0.000 description 6
- NFHFRUOZVGFOOS-UHFFFAOYSA-N palladium;triphenylphosphane Chemical compound [Pd].C1=CC=CC=C1P(C=1C=CC=CC=1)C1=CC=CC=C1.C1=CC=CC=C1P(C=1C=CC=CC=1)C1=CC=CC=C1.C1=CC=CC=C1P(C=1C=CC=CC=1)C1=CC=CC=C1.C1=CC=CC=C1P(C=1C=CC=CC=1)C1=CC=CC=C1 NFHFRUOZVGFOOS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- BWHMMNNQKKPAPP-UHFFFAOYSA-L potassium carbonate Chemical compound [K+].[K+].[O-]C([O-])=O BWHMMNNQKKPAPP-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 6
- 239000011541 reaction mixture Substances 0.000 description 6
- 230000009467 reduction Effects 0.000 description 6
- 238000000926 separation method Methods 0.000 description 6
- 229910052708 sodium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 6
- 235000011121 sodium hydroxide Nutrition 0.000 description 6
- LMBFAGIMSUYTBN-MPZNNTNKSA-N teixobactin Chemical compound C([C@H](C(=O)N[C@@H]([C@@H](C)CC)C(=O)N[C@@H](CO)C(=O)N[C@H](CCC(N)=O)C(=O)N[C@H]([C@@H](C)CC)C(=O)N[C@@H]([C@@H](C)CC)C(=O)N[C@@H](CO)C(=O)N[C@H]1C(N[C@@H](C)C(=O)N[C@@H](C[C@@H]2NC(=N)NC2)C(=O)N[C@H](C(=O)O[C@H]1C)[C@@H](C)CC)=O)NC)C1=CC=CC=C1 LMBFAGIMSUYTBN-MPZNNTNKSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 238000012360 testing method Methods 0.000 description 6
- 238000004809 thin layer chromatography Methods 0.000 description 6
- XYFCBTPGUUZFHI-UHFFFAOYSA-N Phosphine Chemical class P XYFCBTPGUUZFHI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 238000010521 absorption reaction Methods 0.000 description 5
- 125000005103 alkyl silyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 5
- OBETXYAYXDNJHR-UHFFFAOYSA-N alpha-ethylcaproic acid Natural products CCCCC(CC)C(O)=O OBETXYAYXDNJHR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 125000001584 benzyloxycarbonyl group Chemical group C(=O)(OCC1=CC=CC=C1)* 0.000 description 5
- 150000001721 carbon Chemical group 0.000 description 5
- 239000000706 filtrate Substances 0.000 description 5
- 150000004820 halides Chemical class 0.000 description 5
- 238000011065 in-situ storage Methods 0.000 description 5
- 239000011261 inert gas Substances 0.000 description 5
- 238000002955 isolation Methods 0.000 description 5
- 239000010410 layer Substances 0.000 description 5
- 125000000325 methylidene group Chemical group [H]C([H])=* 0.000 description 5
- 125000000449 nitro group Chemical group [O-][N+](*)=O 0.000 description 5
- 125000004433 nitrogen atom Chemical group N* 0.000 description 5
- 230000003647 oxidation Effects 0.000 description 5
- 238000007254 oxidation reaction Methods 0.000 description 5
- WURFKUQACINBSI-UHFFFAOYSA-M ozonide Chemical compound [O]O[O-] WURFKUQACINBSI-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 5
- UYWQUFXKFGHYNT-UHFFFAOYSA-N phenylmethyl ester of formic acid Natural products O=COCC1=CC=CC=C1 UYWQUFXKFGHYNT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 229910000073 phosphorus hydride Inorganic materials 0.000 description 5
- 229920006395 saturated elastomer Polymers 0.000 description 5
- 239000011877 solvent mixture Substances 0.000 description 5
- OSWFIVFLDKOXQC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-(3-methoxyphenyl)aniline Chemical compound COC1=CC=CC(C=2C=CC(N)=CC=2)=C1 OSWFIVFLDKOXQC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- QGZKDVFQNNGYKY-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ammonia Chemical compound N QGZKDVFQNNGYKY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- WPYMKLBDIGXBTP-UHFFFAOYSA-N Benzoic acid Natural products OC(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 WPYMKLBDIGXBTP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- BVKZGUZCCUSVTD-UHFFFAOYSA-L Carbonate Chemical compound [O-]C([O-])=O BVKZGUZCCUSVTD-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 4
- VEXZGXHMUGYJMC-UHFFFAOYSA-M Chloride anion Chemical compound [Cl-] VEXZGXHMUGYJMC-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 4
- IAZDPXIOMUYVGZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Dimethylsulphoxide Chemical compound CS(C)=O IAZDPXIOMUYVGZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- KRHYYFGTRYWZRS-UHFFFAOYSA-N Fluorane Chemical compound F KRHYYFGTRYWZRS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- WHXSMMKQMYFTQS-UHFFFAOYSA-N Lithium Chemical compound [Li] WHXSMMKQMYFTQS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- AFVFQIVMOAPDHO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Methanesulfonic acid Chemical compound CS(O)(=O)=O AFVFQIVMOAPDHO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- MZRVEZGGRBJDDB-UHFFFAOYSA-N N-Butyllithium Chemical compound [Li]CCCC MZRVEZGGRBJDDB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- KEAYESYHFKHZAL-UHFFFAOYSA-N Sodium Chemical compound [Na] KEAYESYHFKHZAL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- HCHKCACWOHOZIP-UHFFFAOYSA-N Zinc Chemical compound [Zn] HCHKCACWOHOZIP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 238000006136 alcoholysis reaction Methods 0.000 description 4
- 125000001931 aliphatic group Chemical group 0.000 description 4
- 239000003513 alkali Substances 0.000 description 4
- 150000003973 alkyl amines Chemical class 0.000 description 4
- 125000005907 alkyl ester group Chemical group 0.000 description 4
- 125000005237 alkyleneamino group Chemical group 0.000 description 4
- 150000001408 amides Chemical class 0.000 description 4
- 150000001412 amines Chemical class 0.000 description 4
- 125000002490 anilino group Chemical group [H]N(*)C1=C([H])C([H])=C([H])C([H])=C1[H] 0.000 description 4
- 125000003118 aryl group Chemical group 0.000 description 4
- 239000012298 atmosphere Substances 0.000 description 4
- 230000015572 biosynthetic process Effects 0.000 description 4
- 238000003776 cleavage reaction Methods 0.000 description 4
- 239000003480 eluent Substances 0.000 description 4
- 239000012374 esterification agent Substances 0.000 description 4
- 125000003754 ethoxycarbonyl group Chemical group C(=O)(OCC)* 0.000 description 4
- 235000019253 formic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 4
- 150000008282 halocarbons Chemical class 0.000 description 4
- 230000007062 hydrolysis Effects 0.000 description 4
- 238000006460 hydrolysis reaction Methods 0.000 description 4
- 208000015181 infectious disease Diseases 0.000 description 4
- 125000000250 methylamino group Chemical group [H]N(*)C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 4
- 125000001570 methylene group Chemical group [H]C([H])([*:1])[*:2] 0.000 description 4
- 150000007522 mineralic acids Chemical class 0.000 description 4
- 239000012299 nitrogen atmosphere Substances 0.000 description 4
- 230000000269 nucleophilic effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 150000007524 organic acids Chemical class 0.000 description 4
- 239000003960 organic solvent Substances 0.000 description 4
- 238000006385 ozonation reaction Methods 0.000 description 4
- 239000012071 phase Substances 0.000 description 4
- 230000007017 scission Effects 0.000 description 4
- 125000004469 siloxy group Chemical group [SiH3]O* 0.000 description 4
- PUZPDOWCWNUUKD-UHFFFAOYSA-M sodium fluoride Chemical compound [F-].[Na+] PUZPDOWCWNUUKD-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 4
- 239000012312 sodium hydride Substances 0.000 description 4
- 229910000104 sodium hydride Inorganic materials 0.000 description 4
- 235000009518 sodium iodide Nutrition 0.000 description 4
- 239000000126 substance Substances 0.000 description 4
- FYSNRJHAOHDILO-UHFFFAOYSA-N thionyl chloride Chemical compound ClS(Cl)=O FYSNRJHAOHDILO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 229910052725 zinc Inorganic materials 0.000 description 4
- 239000011701 zinc Substances 0.000 description 4
- NOOLISFMXDJSKH-KXUCPTDWSA-N (-)-Menthol Chemical compound CC(C)[C@@H]1CC[C@@H](C)C[C@H]1O NOOLISFMXDJSKH-KXUCPTDWSA-N 0.000 description 3
- OBETXYAYXDNJHR-SSDOTTSWSA-M (2r)-2-ethylhexanoate Chemical compound CCCC[C@@H](CC)C([O-])=O OBETXYAYXDNJHR-SSDOTTSWSA-M 0.000 description 3
- RHRKYELMYBDALK-WVZVXSGGSA-N (3s,4r)-3-(hydroxymethyl)-4-methylsulfonylazetidin-2-one Chemical compound CS(=O)(=O)[C@H]1NC(=O)[C@@H]1CO RHRKYELMYBDALK-WVZVXSGGSA-N 0.000 description 3
- MHSGOABISYIYKP-UHFFFAOYSA-N (4-nitrophenyl)methyl carbonochloridate Chemical compound [O-][N+](=O)C1=CC=C(COC(Cl)=O)C=C1 MHSGOABISYIYKP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- BJEPYKJPYRNKOW-REOHCLBHSA-N (S)-malic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H](O)CC(O)=O BJEPYKJPYRNKOW-REOHCLBHSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 125000000954 2-hydroxyethyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C([H])([H])O[H] 0.000 description 3
- YOETUEMZNOLGDB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-methylpropyl carbonochloridate Chemical compound CC(C)COC(Cl)=O YOETUEMZNOLGDB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 125000003903 2-propenyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C([H])=C([H])[H] 0.000 description 3
- NHQDETIJWKXCTC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-chloroperbenzoic acid Chemical compound OOC(=O)C1=CC=CC(Cl)=C1 NHQDETIJWKXCTC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- ZCYVEMRRCGMTRW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 7553-56-2 Chemical compound [I] ZCYVEMRRCGMTRW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- CIWBSHSKHKDKBQ-JLAZNSOCSA-N Ascorbic acid Chemical compound OC[C@H](O)[C@H]1OC(=O)C(O)=C1O CIWBSHSKHKDKBQ-JLAZNSOCSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 239000005711 Benzoic acid Substances 0.000 description 3
- XTHFKEDIFFGKHM-UHFFFAOYSA-N Dimethoxyethane Chemical compound COCCOC XTHFKEDIFFGKHM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- LYCAIKOWRPUZTN-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethylene glycol Chemical compound OCCO LYCAIKOWRPUZTN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- HHLFWLYXYJOTON-UHFFFAOYSA-N Glyoxylic acid Natural products OC(=O)C=O HHLFWLYXYJOTON-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- OAKJQQAXSVQMHS-UHFFFAOYSA-N Hydrazine Chemical compound NN OAKJQQAXSVQMHS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- OFOBLEOULBTSOW-UHFFFAOYSA-N Malonic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)CC(O)=O OFOBLEOULBTSOW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- MUBZPKHOEPUJKR-UHFFFAOYSA-N Oxalic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)C(O)=O MUBZPKHOEPUJKR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- XUIMIQQOPSSXEZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Silicon Chemical compound [Si] XUIMIQQOPSSXEZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 229920002472 Starch Polymers 0.000 description 3
- ATJFFYVFTNAWJD-UHFFFAOYSA-N Tin Chemical group [Sn] ATJFFYVFTNAWJD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- XSQUKJJJFZCRTK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Urea Chemical compound NC(N)=O XSQUKJJJFZCRTK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 230000002378 acidificating effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 125000004442 acylamino group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 125000004423 acyloxy group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 150000001335 aliphatic alkanes Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 229910000147 aluminium phosphate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- 150000003863 ammonium salts Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 230000000844 anti-bacterial effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 125000000852 azido group Chemical group *N=[N+]=[N-] 0.000 description 3
- 235000010233 benzoic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 125000003739 carbamimidoyl group Chemical group C(N)(=N)* 0.000 description 3
- 239000007795 chemical reaction product Substances 0.000 description 3
- KRKNYBCHXYNGOX-UHFFFAOYSA-N citric acid Chemical compound OC(=O)CC(O)(C(O)=O)CC(O)=O KRKNYBCHXYNGOX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 239000012043 crude product Substances 0.000 description 3
- UAOMVDZJSHZZME-UHFFFAOYSA-N diisopropylamine Chemical compound CC(C)NC(C)C UAOMVDZJSHZZME-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 238000001035 drying Methods 0.000 description 3
- 239000006260 foam Substances 0.000 description 3
- 238000004108 freeze drying Methods 0.000 description 3
- 229910001385 heavy metal Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- 150000004678 hydrides Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 229930195733 hydrocarbon Natural products 0.000 description 3
- 150000002430 hydrocarbons Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 239000000852 hydrogen donor Substances 0.000 description 3
- XMBWDFGMSWQBCA-UHFFFAOYSA-N hydrogen iodide Chemical compound I XMBWDFGMSWQBCA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 239000007788 liquid Substances 0.000 description 3
- 238000002844 melting Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000008018 melting Effects 0.000 description 3
- 239000002808 molecular sieve Substances 0.000 description 3
- 125000004108 n-butyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 3
- 125000004123 n-propyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 3
- 230000007935 neutral effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 239000012044 organic layer Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000000825 pharmaceutical preparation Substances 0.000 description 3
- 230000000144 pharmacologic effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 229910000027 potassium carbonate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- 235000011118 potassium hydroxide Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 238000007363 ring formation reaction Methods 0.000 description 3
- 229910052710 silicon Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- URGAHOPLAPQHLN-UHFFFAOYSA-N sodium aluminosilicate Chemical compound [Na+].[Al+3].[O-][Si]([O-])=O.[O-][Si]([O-])=O URGAHOPLAPQHLN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- ODZPKZBBUMBTMG-UHFFFAOYSA-N sodium amide Chemical compound [NH2-].[Na+] ODZPKZBBUMBTMG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- CDBYLPFSWZWCQE-UHFFFAOYSA-L sodium carbonate Substances [Na+].[Na+].[O-]C([O-])=O CDBYLPFSWZWCQE-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 3
- 229910000029 sodium carbonate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- 239000011780 sodium chloride Substances 0.000 description 3
- 229910001415 sodium ion Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- 159000000000 sodium salts Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 235000019698 starch Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 150000003457 sulfones Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 125000000472 sulfonyl group Chemical group *S(*)(=O)=O 0.000 description 3
- JOXIMZWYDAKGHI-UHFFFAOYSA-N toluene-4-sulfonic acid Chemical compound CC1=CC=C(S(O)(=O)=O)C=C1 JOXIMZWYDAKGHI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 230000017105 transposition Effects 0.000 description 3
- SCXZATZIVUFOFT-UHFFFAOYSA-N undec-5-ene Chemical compound [CH2]CCCC=CCCCCC SCXZATZIVUFOFT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- CISALONQNBMMOO-WCBMZHEXSA-N (3s,4r)-3-[[tert-butyl(dimethyl)silyl]oxymethyl]-4-methylsulfonylazetidin-2-one Chemical compound CC(C)(C)[Si](C)(C)OC[C@@H]1[C@@H](S(C)(=O)=O)NC1=O CISALONQNBMMOO-WCBMZHEXSA-N 0.000 description 2
- JNUPCHRZOQXIOM-PCWHVXPSSA-N (5r)-3-(2-aminobutyl)-6-(hydroxymethyl)-4-thia-1-azabicyclo[3.2.0]hept-2-en-7-one Chemical class S1C(CC(N)CC)=CN2C(=O)C(CO)[C@@H]12 JNUPCHRZOQXIOM-PCWHVXPSSA-N 0.000 description 2
- RQEUFEKYXDPUSK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-phenylethylamine Chemical compound CC(N)C1=CC=CC=C1 RQEUFEKYXDPUSK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 125000000022 2-aminoethyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C([H])([H])N([H])[H] 0.000 description 2
- 125000000175 2-thienyl group Chemical group S1C([*])=C([H])C([H])=C1[H] 0.000 description 2
- 125000003349 3-pyridyl group Chemical group N1=C([H])C([*])=C([H])C([H])=C1[H] 0.000 description 2
- VHYFNPMBLIVWCW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-Dimethylaminopyridine Chemical compound CN(C)C1=CC=NC=C1 VHYFNPMBLIVWCW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 125000000339 4-pyridyl group Chemical group N1=C([H])C([H])=C([*])C([H])=C1[H] 0.000 description 2
- UTBKPHQTDVCDLF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 5-[(4-nitrophenyl)methoxycarbonylamino]pentanethioic s-acid Chemical compound [O-][N+](=O)C1=CC=C(COC(=O)NCCCCC(S)=O)C=C1 UTBKPHQTDVCDLF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- PVCLTNPXQKHABJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 5-[(4-nitrophenyl)methoxycarbonylamino]pentanoic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)CCCCNC(=O)OCC1=CC=C([N+]([O-])=O)C=C1 PVCLTNPXQKHABJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- JJMDCOVWQOJGCB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 5-aminopentanoic acid Chemical compound [NH3+]CCCCC([O-])=O JJMDCOVWQOJGCB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- QTBSBXVTEAMEQO-UHFFFAOYSA-M Acetate Chemical compound CC([O-])=O QTBSBXVTEAMEQO-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 2
- 229920001817 Agar Polymers 0.000 description 2
- BVKZGUZCCUSVTD-UHFFFAOYSA-M Bicarbonate Chemical compound OC([O-])=O BVKZGUZCCUSVTD-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 2
- VTYYLEPIZMXCLO-UHFFFAOYSA-L Calcium carbonate Chemical compound [Ca+2].[O-]C([O-])=O VTYYLEPIZMXCLO-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 2
- OKTJSMMVPCPJKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N Carbon Chemical group [C] OKTJSMMVPCPJKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000004215 Carbon black (E152) Substances 0.000 description 2
- XDTMQSROBMDMFD-UHFFFAOYSA-N Cyclohexane Chemical compound C1CCCCC1 XDTMQSROBMDMFD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- FBPFZTCFMRRESA-KVTDHHQDSA-N D-Mannitol Chemical compound OC[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H](O)CO FBPFZTCFMRRESA-KVTDHHQDSA-N 0.000 description 2
- CIWBSHSKHKDKBQ-DUZGATOHSA-N D-isoascorbic acid Chemical compound OC[C@@H](O)[C@H]1OC(=O)C(O)=C1O CIWBSHSKHKDKBQ-DUZGATOHSA-N 0.000 description 2
- FEWJPZIEWOKRBE-JCYAYHJZSA-N Dextrotartaric acid Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)C(O)=O FEWJPZIEWOKRBE-JCYAYHJZSA-N 0.000 description 2
- RWSOTUBLDIXVET-UHFFFAOYSA-N Dihydrogen sulfide Chemical class S RWSOTUBLDIXVET-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- QMMFVYPAHWMCMS-UHFFFAOYSA-N Dimethyl sulfide Chemical compound CSC QMMFVYPAHWMCMS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- VGGSQFUCUMXWEO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethene Chemical compound C=C VGGSQFUCUMXWEO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- VZCYOOQTPOCHFL-OWOJBTEDSA-N Fumaric acid Chemical compound OC(=O)\C=C\C(O)=O VZCYOOQTPOCHFL-OWOJBTEDSA-N 0.000 description 2
- DHMQDGOQFOQNFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Glycine Chemical compound NCC(O)=O DHMQDGOQFOQNFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- AEMRFAOFKBGASW-UHFFFAOYSA-N Glycolic acid Chemical compound OCC(O)=O AEMRFAOFKBGASW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- MHAJPDPJQMAIIY-UHFFFAOYSA-N Hydrogen peroxide Chemical compound OO MHAJPDPJQMAIIY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- QIGBRXMKCJKVMJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Hydroquinone Chemical compound OC1=CC=C(O)C=C1 QIGBRXMKCJKVMJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- FYYHWMGAXLPEAU-UHFFFAOYSA-N Magnesium Chemical compound [Mg] FYYHWMGAXLPEAU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229930195725 Mannitol Natural products 0.000 description 2
- 241001465754 Metazoa Species 0.000 description 2
- 241000699670 Mus sp. Species 0.000 description 2
- FXHOOIRPVKKKFG-UHFFFAOYSA-N N,N-Dimethylacetamide Chemical compound CN(C)C(C)=O FXHOOIRPVKKKFG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- JLTDJTHDQAWBAV-UHFFFAOYSA-N N,N-dimethylaniline Chemical compound CN(C)C1=CC=CC=C1 JLTDJTHDQAWBAV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000007832 Na2SO4 Substances 0.000 description 2
- CTQNGGLPUBDAKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N O-Xylene Chemical compound CC1=CC=CC=C1C CTQNGGLPUBDAKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229930182555 Penicillin Natural products 0.000 description 2
- JGSARLDLIJGVTE-MBNYWOFBSA-N Penicillin G Chemical compound N([C@H]1[C@H]2SC([C@@H](N2C1=O)C(O)=O)(C)C)C(=O)CC1=CC=CC=C1 JGSARLDLIJGVTE-MBNYWOFBSA-N 0.000 description 2
- KFSLWBXXFJQRDL-UHFFFAOYSA-N Peracetic acid Chemical compound CC(=O)OO KFSLWBXXFJQRDL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- ISWSIDIOOBJBQZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Phenol Chemical compound OC1=CC=CC=C1 ISWSIDIOOBJBQZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000004721 Polyphenylene oxide Substances 0.000 description 2
- ZLMJMSJWJFRBEC-UHFFFAOYSA-N Potassium Chemical compound [K] ZLMJMSJWJFRBEC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- QQONPFPTGQHPMA-UHFFFAOYSA-N Propene Chemical compound CC=C QQONPFPTGQHPMA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- XBDQKXXYIPTUBI-UHFFFAOYSA-M Propionate Chemical compound CCC([O-])=O XBDQKXXYIPTUBI-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 2
- IWYDHOAUDWTVEP-UHFFFAOYSA-N R-2-phenyl-2-hydroxyacetic acid Natural products OC(=O)C(O)C1=CC=CC=C1 IWYDHOAUDWTVEP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- DWAQJAXMDSEUJJ-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium bisulfite Chemical compound [Na+].OS([O-])=O DWAQJAXMDSEUJJ-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 2
- 241000191967 Staphylococcus aureus Species 0.000 description 2
- 241000193996 Streptococcus pyogenes Species 0.000 description 2
- CZMRCDWAGMRECN-UGDNZRGBSA-N Sucrose Chemical compound O[C@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O[C@@]1(CO)O[C@@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O1 CZMRCDWAGMRECN-UGDNZRGBSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229930006000 Sucrose Natural products 0.000 description 2
- FEWJPZIEWOKRBE-UHFFFAOYSA-N Tartaric acid Natural products [H+].[H+].[O-]C(=O)C(O)C(O)C([O-])=O FEWJPZIEWOKRBE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- DKGAVHZHDRPRBM-UHFFFAOYSA-N Tert-Butanol Chemical compound CC(C)(C)O DKGAVHZHDRPRBM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- DTQVDTLACAAQTR-UHFFFAOYSA-N Trifluoroacetic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)C(F)(F)F DTQVDTLACAAQTR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- KXKVLQRXCPHEJC-UHFFFAOYSA-N acetic acid trimethyl ester Natural products COC(C)=O KXKVLQRXCPHEJC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 125000002777 acetyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C(*)=O 0.000 description 2
- 125000003668 acetyloxy group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C(=O)O[*] 0.000 description 2
- 150000001266 acyl halides Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 239000008272 agar Substances 0.000 description 2
- 235000010419 agar Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 150000001298 alcohols Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 229910001515 alkali metal fluoride Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 229910000272 alkali metal oxide Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 229910052784 alkaline earth metal Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 229910001860 alkaline earth metal hydroxide Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 125000003342 alkenyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 125000005092 alkenyloxycarbonyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 125000005210 alkyl ammonium group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 125000005196 alkyl carbonyloxy group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 125000004390 alkyl sulfonyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- BJEPYKJPYRNKOW-UHFFFAOYSA-N alpha-hydroxysuccinic acid Natural products OC(=O)C(O)CC(O)=O BJEPYKJPYRNKOW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 150000001409 amidines Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 150000001413 amino acids Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 229910021529 ammonia Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- RDOXTESZEPMUJZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N anisole Chemical compound COC1=CC=CC=C1 RDOXTESZEPMUJZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000003242 anti bacterial agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229940088710 antibiotic agent Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 150000004945 aromatic hydrocarbons Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 125000003435 aroyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 125000005101 aryl methoxy carbonyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 150000001558 benzoic acid derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 125000000051 benzyloxy group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C(C([H])=C1[H])C([H])([H])O* 0.000 description 2
- 230000003115 biocidal effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- WTEOIRVLGSZEPR-UHFFFAOYSA-N boron trifluoride Chemical compound FB(F)F WTEOIRVLGSZEPR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 125000000484 butyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 2
- JYYOBHFYCIDXHH-UHFFFAOYSA-N carbonic acid;hydrate Chemical compound O.OC(O)=O JYYOBHFYCIDXHH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 150000001735 carboxylic acids Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 230000003197 catalytic effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 150000001805 chlorine compounds Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- MVPPADPHJFYWMZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N chlorobenzene Chemical compound ClC1=CC=CC=C1 MVPPADPHJFYWMZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- LOUPRKONTZGTKE-UHFFFAOYSA-N cinchonine Natural products C1C(C(C2)C=C)CCN2C1C(O)C1=CC=NC2=CC=C(OC)C=C21 LOUPRKONTZGTKE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 150000003983 crown ethers Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 239000013078 crystal Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000002425 crystallisation Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000008025 crystallization Effects 0.000 description 2
- MGNZXYYWBUKAII-UHFFFAOYSA-N cyclohexa-1,3-diene Chemical compound C1CC=CC=C1 MGNZXYYWBUKAII-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- HGCIXCUEYOPUTN-UHFFFAOYSA-N cyclohexene Chemical compound C1CCC=CC1 HGCIXCUEYOPUTN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- SBZXBUIDTXKZTM-UHFFFAOYSA-N diglyme Chemical compound COCCOCCOC SBZXBUIDTXKZTM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 125000002147 dimethylamino group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])N(*)C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 2
- 238000004821 distillation Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000000694 effects Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000032050 esterification Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000005886 esterification reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 125000001301 ethoxy group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])O* 0.000 description 2
- 125000004705 ethylthio group Chemical group C(C)S* 0.000 description 2
- 239000000284 extract Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000001914 filtration Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000012467 final product Substances 0.000 description 2
- 125000000524 functional group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 239000007789 gas Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000012362 glacial acetic acid Substances 0.000 description 2
- 125000002795 guanidino group Chemical group C(N)(=N)N* 0.000 description 2
- 150000005826 halohydrocarbons Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 150000002373 hemiacetals Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 125000005842 heteroatom Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 125000000623 heterocyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- GNOIPBMMFNIUFM-UHFFFAOYSA-N hexamethylphosphoric triamide Chemical compound CN(C)P(=O)(N(C)C)N(C)C GNOIPBMMFNIUFM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 238000007327 hydrogenolysis reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000003301 hydrolyzing effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000000338 in vitro Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000001727 in vivo Methods 0.000 description 2
- 150000007529 inorganic bases Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 239000011630 iodine Substances 0.000 description 2
- 125000001449 isopropyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 2
- 150000002576 ketones Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- AMXOYNBUYSYVKV-UHFFFAOYSA-M lithium bromide Chemical compound [Li+].[Br-] AMXOYNBUYSYVKV-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 2
- ZCSHNCUQKCANBX-UHFFFAOYSA-N lithium diisopropylamide Chemical compound [Li+].CC(C)[N-]C(C)C ZCSHNCUQKCANBX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229910001416 lithium ion Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 229910052749 magnesium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 239000000594 mannitol Substances 0.000 description 2
- 235000010355 mannitol Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 229940098779 methanesulfonic acid Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 125000005948 methanesulfonyloxy group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 125000001160 methoxycarbonyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])OC(*)=O 0.000 description 2
- JXPQMUIUIUAFFX-NTZNESFSSA-N methyl (2S,5R,6R)-6-[[tert-butyl(dimethyl)silyl]oxymethyl]-3,3-dimethyl-4,4,7-trioxo-4lambda6-thia-1-azabicyclo[3.2.0]heptane-2-carboxylate Chemical compound O=S1(=O)C(C)(C)[C@H](C(=O)OC)N2C(=O)[C@@H](CO[Si](C)(C)C(C)(C)C)[C@H]21 JXPQMUIUIUAFFX-NTZNESFSSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 125000002816 methylsulfanyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])S[*] 0.000 description 2
- 244000005700 microbiome Species 0.000 description 2
- 238000002156 mixing Methods 0.000 description 2
- SYSQUGFVNFXIIT-UHFFFAOYSA-N n-[4-(1,3-benzoxazol-2-yl)phenyl]-4-nitrobenzenesulfonamide Chemical class C1=CC([N+](=O)[O-])=CC=C1S(=O)(=O)NC1=CC=C(C=2OC3=CC=CC=C3N=2)C=C1 SYSQUGFVNFXIIT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- GYHFUZHODSMOHU-UHFFFAOYSA-N nonanal Chemical compound CCCCCCCCC=O GYHFUZHODSMOHU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 150000007530 organic bases Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- CTSLXHKWHWQRSH-UHFFFAOYSA-N oxalyl chloride Chemical compound ClC(=O)C(Cl)=O CTSLXHKWHWQRSH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000007800 oxidant agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000001590 oxidative effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 125000004043 oxo group Chemical group O=* 0.000 description 2
- 125000003232 p-nitrobenzoyl group Chemical group [N+](=O)([O-])C1=CC=C(C(=O)*)C=C1 0.000 description 2
- 238000007911 parenteral administration Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000036961 partial effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- HHXMXAQDOUCLDN-RXMQYKEDSA-N penem Chemical class S1C=CN2C(=O)C[C@H]21 HHXMXAQDOUCLDN-RXMQYKEDSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229940049954 penicillin Drugs 0.000 description 2
- XNGIFLGASWRNHJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N phthalic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1C(O)=O XNGIFLGASWRNHJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 125000000587 piperidin-1-yl group Chemical group [H]C1([H])N(*)C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C1([H])[H] 0.000 description 2
- 229920000570 polyether Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 229910001414 potassium ion Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- LPNYRYFBWFDTMA-UHFFFAOYSA-N potassium tert-butoxide Chemical compound [K+].CC(C)(C)[O-] LPNYRYFBWFDTMA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 108090000765 processed proteins & peptides Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 125000001501 propionyl group Chemical group O=C([*])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 2
- 125000004076 pyridyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- LOUPRKONTZGTKE-LHHVKLHASA-N quinidine Chemical compound C([C@H]([C@H](C1)C=C)C2)C[N@@]1[C@H]2[C@@H](O)C1=CC=NC2=CC=C(OC)C=C21 LOUPRKONTZGTKE-LHHVKLHASA-N 0.000 description 2
- 230000009257 reactivity Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000001953 recrystallisation Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000002441 reversible effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000010703 silicon Substances 0.000 description 2
- JVBXVOWTABLYPX-UHFFFAOYSA-L sodium dithionite Chemical compound [Na+].[Na+].[O-]S(=O)S([O-])=O JVBXVOWTABLYPX-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 2
- 239000011775 sodium fluoride Substances 0.000 description 2
- 235000013024 sodium fluoride Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 239000004289 sodium hydrogen sulphite Substances 0.000 description 2
- 235000010267 sodium hydrogen sulphite Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- GEHJYWRUCIMESM-UHFFFAOYSA-L sodium sulfite Chemical compound [Na+].[Na+].[O-]S([O-])=O GEHJYWRUCIMESM-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 2
- RZWQDAUIUBVCDD-UHFFFAOYSA-M sodium;benzenethiolate Chemical compound [Na+].[S-]C1=CC=CC=C1 RZWQDAUIUBVCDD-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 2
- 238000007920 subcutaneous administration Methods 0.000 description 2
- 229960004793 sucrose Drugs 0.000 description 2
- HHVIBTZHLRERCL-UHFFFAOYSA-N sulfonyldimethane Chemical compound CS(C)(=O)=O HHVIBTZHLRERCL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 150000003462 sulfoxides Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 229910052717 sulfur Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 125000004434 sulfur atom Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 230000009885 systemic effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 125000000999 tert-butyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C(*)(C([H])([H])[H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 2
- 150000003512 tertiary amines Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- NHGXDBSUJJNIRV-UHFFFAOYSA-M tetrabutylammonium chloride Chemical compound [Cl-].CCCC[N+](CCCC)(CCCC)CCCC NHGXDBSUJJNIRV-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 2
- FPGGTKZVZWFYPV-UHFFFAOYSA-M tetrabutylammonium fluoride Chemical compound [F-].CCCC[N+](CCCC)(CCCC)CCCC FPGGTKZVZWFYPV-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 2
- VZGDMQKNWNREIO-UHFFFAOYSA-N tetrachloromethane Chemical compound ClC(Cl)(Cl)Cl VZGDMQKNWNREIO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- QSUJAUYJBJRLKV-UHFFFAOYSA-M tetraethylazanium;fluoride Chemical compound [F-].CC[N+](CC)(CC)CC QSUJAUYJBJRLKV-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 2
- 125000000335 thiazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 125000001544 thienyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- ZMZDMBWJUHKJPS-UHFFFAOYSA-N thiocyanic acid Chemical compound SC#N ZMZDMBWJUHKJPS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 125000003396 thiol group Chemical class [H]S* 0.000 description 2
- 229910052718 tin Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- VZCYOOQTPOCHFL-UHFFFAOYSA-N trans-butenedioic acid Natural products OC(=O)C=CC(O)=O VZCYOOQTPOCHFL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 238000012546 transfer Methods 0.000 description 2
- TUQOTMZNTHZOKS-UHFFFAOYSA-N tributylphosphine Chemical compound CCCCP(CCCC)CCCC TUQOTMZNTHZOKS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 125000000026 trimethylsilyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])[Si]([*])(C([H])([H])[H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 2
- 150000003673 urethanes Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 239000000052 vinegar Substances 0.000 description 2
- 235000021419 vinegar Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 239000008096 xylene Substances 0.000 description 2
- DTGKSKDOIYIVQL-NQMVMOMDSA-N (+)-Borneol Natural products C1C[C@]2(C)[C@H](O)C[C@@H]1C2(C)C DTGKSKDOIYIVQL-NQMVMOMDSA-N 0.000 description 1
- DTGKSKDOIYIVQL-WEDXCCLWSA-N (+)-borneol Chemical compound C1C[C@@]2(C)[C@@H](O)C[C@@H]1C2(C)C DTGKSKDOIYIVQL-WEDXCCLWSA-N 0.000 description 1
- KWGRBVOPPLSCSI-WPRPVWTQSA-N (-)-ephedrine Chemical compound CN[C@@H](C)[C@H](O)C1=CC=CC=C1 KWGRBVOPPLSCSI-WPRPVWTQSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FRBUNLLUASHNDJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N (2-nitrophenyl)hydrazine Chemical compound NNC1=CC=CC=C1[N+]([O-])=O FRBUNLLUASHNDJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QBYIENPQHBMVBV-HFEGYEGKSA-N (2R)-2-hydroxy-2-phenylacetic acid Chemical compound O[C@@H](C(O)=O)c1ccccc1.O[C@@H](C(O)=O)c1ccccc1 QBYIENPQHBMVBV-HFEGYEGKSA-N 0.000 description 1
- SJWFXCIHNDVPSH-MRVPVSSYSA-N (2R)-octan-2-ol Chemical compound CCCCCC[C@@H](C)O SJWFXCIHNDVPSH-MRVPVSSYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- SJWFXCIHNDVPSH-QMMMGPOBSA-N (2S)-octan-2-ol Chemical compound CCCCCC[C@H](C)O SJWFXCIHNDVPSH-QMMMGPOBSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QNNVICQPXUUBSN-GSVOUGTGSA-N (2r)-2-sulfanylpropan-1-ol Chemical compound C[C@@H](S)CO QNNVICQPXUUBSN-GSVOUGTGSA-N 0.000 description 1
- AAWZDTNXLSGCEK-LNVDRNJUSA-N (3r,5r)-1,3,4,5-tetrahydroxycyclohexane-1-carboxylic acid Chemical compound O[C@@H]1CC(O)(C(O)=O)C[C@@H](O)C1O AAWZDTNXLSGCEK-LNVDRNJUSA-N 0.000 description 1
- RHRKYELMYBDALK-SDMSXHDGSA-N (4r)-3-(hydroxymethyl)-4-methylsulfonylazetidin-2-one Chemical compound CS(=O)(=O)[C@H]1NC(=O)C1CO RHRKYELMYBDALK-SDMSXHDGSA-N 0.000 description 1
- RSCYKGMZFCMBDU-LHLIQPBNSA-N (5r,6r)-3-(4-aminobutyl)-6-(hydroxymethyl)-7-oxo-4-thia-1-azabicyclo[3.2.0]hept-2-ene-2-carboxylic acid Chemical compound S1C(CCCCN)=C(C(O)=O)N2C(=O)[C@@H](CO)[C@@H]12 RSCYKGMZFCMBDU-LHLIQPBNSA-N 0.000 description 1
- DDYDBBBQYLFRJE-UHFFFAOYSA-N (diaminomethylideneamino)urea Chemical class NC(=N)NNC(N)=O DDYDBBBQYLFRJE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- DYLIWHYUXAJDOJ-OWOJBTEDSA-N (e)-4-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)but-2-en-1-ol Chemical compound NC1=NC=NC2=C1N=CN2C\C=C\CO DYLIWHYUXAJDOJ-OWOJBTEDSA-N 0.000 description 1
- OCJBOOLMMGQPQU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,4-dichlorobenzene Chemical compound ClC1=CC=C(Cl)C=C1 OCJBOOLMMGQPQU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- MCRLHPAMUJDAKB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-carbamimidoyl-1-(diaminomethylideneamino)urea Chemical compound NC(=N)NN(C(N)=N)C(O)=N MCRLHPAMUJDAKB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- YVRGKFXJZCTTRB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-chloroethyl ethyl carbonate Chemical compound CCOC(=O)OC(C)Cl YVRGKFXJZCTTRB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000004066 1-hydroxyethyl group Chemical group [H]OC([H])([*])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- JJSCUXAFAJEQGB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-isocyanatoethylbenzene Chemical compound O=C=NC(C)C1=CC=CC=C1 JJSCUXAFAJEQGB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- IXPNQXFRVYWDDI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-methyl-2,4-dioxo-1,3-diazinane-5-carboximidamide Chemical compound CN1CC(C(N)=N)C(=O)NC1=O IXPNQXFRVYWDDI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000000453 2,2,2-trichloroethyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])(*)C(Cl)(Cl)Cl 0.000 description 1
- CMXFTVWPVABUBN-IINYFYTJSA-N 2,2-dimethylpropanoyloxymethyl (5R,6S)-3-(4-aminobutyl)-6-(hydroxymethyl)-7-oxo-4-thia-1-azabicyclo[3.2.0]hept-2-ene-2-carboxylate Chemical compound C(C(C)(C)C)(=O)OCOC(=O)C1=C(S[C@H]2N1C([C@@H]2CO)=O)CCCCN CMXFTVWPVABUBN-IINYFYTJSA-N 0.000 description 1
- HZAXFHJVJLSVMW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-Aminoethan-1-ol Chemical compound NCCO HZAXFHJVJLSVMW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- CIWBSHSKHKDKBQ-SZSCBOSDSA-N 2-[(1s)-1,2-dihydroxyethyl]-3,4-dihydroxy-2h-furan-5-one Chemical compound OC[C@H](O)C1OC(=O)C(O)=C1O CIWBSHSKHKDKBQ-SZSCBOSDSA-N 0.000 description 1
- GLVYLTSKTCWWJR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-carbonoperoxoylbenzoic acid Chemical compound OOC(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1C(O)=O GLVYLTSKTCWWJR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ULQQGOGMQRGFFR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-chlorobenzenecarboperoxoic acid Chemical compound OOC(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1Cl ULQQGOGMQRGFFR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000003006 2-dimethylaminoethyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])N(C([H])([H])[H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 125000002941 2-furyl group Chemical group O1C([*])=C([H])C([H])=C1[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000004105 2-pyridyl group Chemical group N1=C([*])C([H])=C([H])C([H])=C1[H] 0.000 description 1
- QNNVICQPXUUBSN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-sulfanylpropan-1-ol Chemical compound CC(S)CO QNNVICQPXUUBSN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- YNJSNEKCXVFDKW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-(5-amino-1h-indol-3-yl)-2-azaniumylpropanoate Chemical compound C1=C(N)C=C2C(CC(N)C(O)=O)=CNC2=C1 YNJSNEKCXVFDKW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000001999 4-Methoxybenzoyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C(=C([H])C([H])=C1OC([H])([H])[H])C(*)=O 0.000 description 1
- 125000004800 4-bromophenyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C(*)=C([H])C([H])=C1Br 0.000 description 1
- 125000000242 4-chlorobenzoyl group Chemical group ClC1=CC=C(C(=O)*)C=C1 0.000 description 1
- KMVPXBDOWDXXEN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-nitrophenylhydrazine Chemical compound NNC1=CC=C([N+]([O-])=O)C=C1 KMVPXBDOWDXXEN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- KDDQRKBRJSGMQE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-thiazolyl Chemical group [C]1=CSC=N1 KDDQRKBRJSGMQE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- RSWGJHLUYNHPMX-UHFFFAOYSA-N Abietic-Saeure Natural products C12CCC(C(C)C)=CC2=CCC2C1(C)CCCC2(C)C(O)=O RSWGJHLUYNHPMX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- DLFVBJFMPXGRIB-UHFFFAOYSA-N Acetamide Chemical compound CC(N)=O DLFVBJFMPXGRIB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WDJHALXBUFZDSR-UHFFFAOYSA-N Acetoacetic acid Natural products CC(=O)CC(O)=O WDJHALXBUFZDSR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-XLOQQCSPSA-N Alpha-Lactose Chemical compound O[C@@H]1[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O[C@H]1O[C@@H]1[C@@H](CO)O[C@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H]1O GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-XLOQQCSPSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910000497 Amalgam Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 241000416162 Astragalus gummifer Species 0.000 description 1
- 229910015900 BF3 Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- CPELXLSAUQHCOX-UHFFFAOYSA-M Bromide Chemical compound [Br-] CPELXLSAUQHCOX-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- DNJKAZDWTONBCX-UHFFFAOYSA-N C[SH2]C(C1=CC=CC=C1)=N Chemical compound C[SH2]C(C1=CC=CC=C1)=N DNJKAZDWTONBCX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- LSPHULWDVZXLIL-UHFFFAOYSA-N Camphoric acid Natural products CC1(C)C(C(O)=O)CCC1(C)C(O)=O LSPHULWDVZXLIL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229930186147 Cephalosporin Natural products 0.000 description 1
- VYZAMTAEIAYCRO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Chromium Chemical compound [Cr] VYZAMTAEIAYCRO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FBPFZTCFMRRESA-FSIIMWSLSA-N D-Glucitol Natural products OC[C@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)CO FBPFZTCFMRRESA-FSIIMWSLSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FBPFZTCFMRRESA-JGWLITMVSA-N D-glucitol Chemical compound OC[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H](O)CO FBPFZTCFMRRESA-JGWLITMVSA-N 0.000 description 1
- NOOLISFMXDJSKH-UHFFFAOYSA-N DL-menthol Natural products CC(C)C1CCC(C)CC1O NOOLISFMXDJSKH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- YXHKONLOYHBTNS-UHFFFAOYSA-N Diazomethane Chemical compound C=[N+]=[N-] YXHKONLOYHBTNS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- BWLUMTFWVZZZND-UHFFFAOYSA-N Dibenzylamine Chemical compound C=1C=CC=CC=1CNCC1=CC=CC=C1 BWLUMTFWVZZZND-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- XBPCUCUWBYBCDP-UHFFFAOYSA-N Dicyclohexylamine Chemical class C1CCCCC1NC1CCCCC1 XBPCUCUWBYBCDP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QOSSAOTZNIDXMA-UHFFFAOYSA-N Dicylcohexylcarbodiimide Chemical compound C1CCCCC1N=C=NC1CCCCC1 QOSSAOTZNIDXMA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- MYMOFIZGZYHOMD-UHFFFAOYSA-N Dioxygen Chemical compound O=O MYMOFIZGZYHOMD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241000588921 Enterobacteriaceae Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000194032 Enterococcus faecalis Species 0.000 description 1
- 108090000790 Enzymes Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000004190 Enzymes Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 239000005977 Ethylene Substances 0.000 description 1
- IAYPIBMASNFSPL-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethylene oxide Chemical compound C1CO1 IAYPIBMASNFSPL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 108010010803 Gelatin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-GASJEMHNSA-N Glucose Natural products OC[C@H]1OC(O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H]1O WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-GASJEMHNSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000004471 Glycine Substances 0.000 description 1
- 241000606768 Haemophilus influenzae Species 0.000 description 1
- YZCKVEUIGOORGS-UHFFFAOYSA-N Hydrogen atom Chemical compound [H] YZCKVEUIGOORGS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000005909 Kieselgur Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000001358 L(+)-tartaric acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000011002 L(+)-tartaric acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- FEWJPZIEWOKRBE-LWMBPPNESA-N L-(+)-Tartaric acid Natural products OC(=O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)C(O)=O FEWJPZIEWOKRBE-LWMBPPNESA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000002211 L-ascorbic acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000000069 L-ascorbic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 125000000773 L-serino group Chemical group [H]OC(=O)[C@@]([H])(N([H])*)C([H])([H])O[H] 0.000 description 1
- GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-QKKXKWKRSA-N Lactose Natural products OC[C@H]1O[C@@H](O[C@H]2[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)C(O)O[C@@H]2CO)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H]1O GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-QKKXKWKRSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000002841 Lewis acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 244000151018 Maranta arundinacea Species 0.000 description 1
- 235000010804 Maranta arundinacea Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 241000699666 Mus <mouse, genus> Species 0.000 description 1
- KWYHDKDOAIKMQN-UHFFFAOYSA-N N,N,N',N'-tetramethylethylenediamine Chemical compound CN(C)CCN(C)C KWYHDKDOAIKMQN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- NQTADLQHYWFPDB-UHFFFAOYSA-N N-Hydroxysuccinimide Chemical compound ON1C(=O)CCC1=O NQTADLQHYWFPDB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- HTLZVHNRZJPSMI-UHFFFAOYSA-N N-ethylpiperidine Chemical compound CCN1CCCCC1 HTLZVHNRZJPSMI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000001204 N-oxides Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 241000588653 Neisseria Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000588652 Neisseria gonorrhoeae Species 0.000 description 1
- GRYLNZFGIOXLOG-UHFFFAOYSA-N Nitric acid Chemical compound O[N+]([O-])=O GRYLNZFGIOXLOG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 240000007594 Oryza sativa Species 0.000 description 1
- 235000007164 Oryza sativa Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- CBENFWSGALASAD-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ozone Chemical compound [O-][O+]=O CBENFWSGALASAD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229930040373 Paraformaldehyde Natural products 0.000 description 1
- OAICVXFJPJFONN-UHFFFAOYSA-N Phosphorus Chemical compound [P] OAICVXFJPJFONN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000002202 Polyethylene glycol Substances 0.000 description 1
- NPYPAHLBTDXSSS-UHFFFAOYSA-N Potassium ion Chemical compound [K+] NPYPAHLBTDXSSS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241000589517 Pseudomonas aeruginosa Species 0.000 description 1
- WTKZEGDFNFYCGP-UHFFFAOYSA-N Pyrazole Chemical compound C=1C=NNC=1 WTKZEGDFNFYCGP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- LOUPRKONTZGTKE-WZBLMQSHSA-N Quinine Chemical compound C([C@H]([C@H](C1)C=C)C2)C[N@@]1[C@@H]2[C@H](O)C1=CC=NC2=CC=C(OC)C=C21 LOUPRKONTZGTKE-WZBLMQSHSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000007868 Raney catalyst Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910000564 Raney nickel Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- NPXOKRUENSOPAO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Raney nickel Chemical compound [Al].[Ni] NPXOKRUENSOPAO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241001275117 Seres Species 0.000 description 1
- FKNQFGJONOIPTF-UHFFFAOYSA-N Sodium cation Chemical compound [Na+] FKNQFGJONOIPTF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WQDUMFSSJAZKTM-UHFFFAOYSA-N Sodium methoxide Chemical compound [Na+].[O-]C WQDUMFSSJAZKTM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 235000021355 Stearic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 241000193998 Streptococcus pneumoniae Species 0.000 description 1
- KDYFGRWQOYBRFD-UHFFFAOYSA-N Succinic acid Natural products OC(=O)CCC(O)=O KDYFGRWQOYBRFD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 235000012419 Thalia geniculata Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229920001615 Tragacanth Polymers 0.000 description 1
- GSEJCLTVZPLZKY-UHFFFAOYSA-N Triethanolamine Chemical compound OCCN(CCO)CCO GSEJCLTVZPLZKY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 235000021307 Triticum Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 241000209140 Triticum Species 0.000 description 1
- 240000008042 Zea mays Species 0.000 description 1
- 235000005824 Zea mays ssp. parviglumis Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 235000002017 Zea mays subsp mays Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229910001297 Zn alloy Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- YPWFOIGDNUJFQT-YPMHNXCESA-N [(2s,3r)-2-(2-hydroxyethylsulfonyl)-4-oxoazetidin-3-yl]methyl (4-nitrophenyl)methyl carbonate Chemical compound OCCS(=O)(=O)[C@@H]1NC(=O)[C@H]1COC(=O)OCC1=CC=C([N+]([O-])=O)C=C1 YPWFOIGDNUJFQT-YPMHNXCESA-N 0.000 description 1
- ITLHXEGAYQFOHJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N [diazo(phenyl)methyl]benzene Chemical compound C=1C=CC=CC=1C(=[N+]=[N-])C1=CC=CC=C1 ITLHXEGAYQFOHJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- RSWGJHLUYNHPMX-ONCXSQPRSA-N abietic acid Chemical compound C([C@@H]12)CC(C(C)C)=CC1=CC[C@@H]1[C@]2(C)CCC[C@@]1(C)C(O)=O RSWGJHLUYNHPMX-ONCXSQPRSA-N 0.000 description 1
- DPXJVFZANSGRMM-UHFFFAOYSA-N acetic acid;2,3,4,5,6-pentahydroxyhexanal;sodium Chemical compound [Na].CC(O)=O.OCC(O)C(O)C(O)C(O)C=O DPXJVFZANSGRMM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000005042 acyloxymethyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 239000003463 adsorbent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000005377 adsorption chromatography Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000002814 agar dilution Methods 0.000 description 1
- 235000010443 alginic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000000783 alginic acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920000615 alginic acid Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229960001126 alginic acid Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 150000004781 alginic acids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229910000288 alkali metal carbonate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 150000008041 alkali metal carbonates Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229910000102 alkali metal hydride Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 150000008046 alkali metal hydrides Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000008044 alkali metal hydroxides Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229910001516 alkali metal iodide Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 150000001342 alkaline earth metals Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 238000005904 alkaline hydrolysis reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000005194 alkoxycarbonyloxy group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000004448 alkyl carbonyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 150000001350 alkyl halides Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000005360 alkyl sulfoxide group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000002947 alkylene group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 229910045601 alloy Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000000956 alloy Substances 0.000 description 1
- SNAAJJQQZSMGQD-UHFFFAOYSA-N aluminum magnesium Chemical compound [Mg].[Al] SNAAJJQQZSMGQD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000003708 ampul Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000008064 anhydrides Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- HOPRXXXSABQWAV-UHFFFAOYSA-N anhydrous collidine Natural products CC1=CC=NC(C)=C1C HOPRXXXSABQWAV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000001450 anions Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000003963 antioxidant agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000003078 antioxidant effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 235000006708 antioxidants Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000007900 aqueous suspension Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000004982 aromatic amines Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000005162 aryl oxy carbonyl amino group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 239000011668 ascorbic acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000010323 ascorbic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229960005070 ascorbic acid Drugs 0.000 description 1
- JUHORIMYRDESRB-UHFFFAOYSA-N benzathine Chemical compound C=1C=CC=CC=1CNCCNCC1=CC=CC=C1 JUHORIMYRDESRB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000001231 benzoyloxy group Chemical group C(C1=CC=CC=C1)(=O)O* 0.000 description 1
- 150000003939 benzylamines Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-VFUOTHLCSA-N beta-D-glucose Chemical compound OC[C@H]1O[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H]1O WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-VFUOTHLCSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000011230 binding agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000012620 biological material Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000001246 bromo group Chemical group Br* 0.000 description 1
- RRKTZKIUPZVBMF-IBTVXLQLSA-N brucine Chemical compound O([C@@H]1[C@H]([C@H]2C3)[C@@H]4N(C(C1)=O)C=1C=C(C(=CC=11)OC)OC)CC=C2CN2[C@@H]3[C@]41CC2 RRKTZKIUPZVBMF-IBTVXLQLSA-N 0.000 description 1
- RRKTZKIUPZVBMF-UHFFFAOYSA-N brucine Natural products C1=2C=C(OC)C(OC)=CC=2N(C(C2)=O)C3C(C4C5)C2OCC=C4CN2C5C31CC2 RRKTZKIUPZVBMF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000000872 buffer Substances 0.000 description 1
- KDYFGRWQOYBRFD-NUQCWPJISA-N butanedioic acid Chemical compound O[14C](=O)CC[14C](O)=O KDYFGRWQOYBRFD-NUQCWPJISA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000004106 butoxy group Chemical group [*]OC([H])([H])C([H])([H])C(C([H])([H])[H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 229910000019 calcium carbonate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- AXCZMVOFGPJBDE-UHFFFAOYSA-L calcium dihydroxide Chemical compound [OH-].[OH-].[Ca+2] AXCZMVOFGPJBDE-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 239000000920 calcium hydroxide Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910001861 calcium hydroxide Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 159000000007 calcium salts Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- CJZGTCYPCWQAJB-UHFFFAOYSA-L calcium stearate Chemical compound [Ca+2].CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC([O-])=O.CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC([O-])=O CJZGTCYPCWQAJB-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 239000008116 calcium stearate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000013539 calcium stearate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- LSPHULWDVZXLIL-QUBYGPBYSA-N camphoric acid Chemical compound CC1(C)[C@H](C(O)=O)CC[C@]1(C)C(O)=O LSPHULWDVZXLIL-QUBYGPBYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- MIOPJNTWMNEORI-UHFFFAOYSA-N camphorsulfonic acid Chemical compound C1CC2(CS(O)(=O)=O)C(=O)CC1C2(C)C MIOPJNTWMNEORI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000001718 carbodiimides Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000001728 carbonyl compounds Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- PFKFTWBEEFSNDU-UHFFFAOYSA-N carbonyldiimidazole Chemical compound C1=CN=CN1C(=O)N1C=CN=C1 PFKFTWBEEFSNDU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000003857 carboxamides Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000001768 carboxy methyl cellulose Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000012876 carrier material Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000009903 catalytic hydrogenation reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000001913 cellulose Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920002678 cellulose Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229940124587 cephalosporin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 150000001780 cephalosporins Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 230000008859 change Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000000973 chemotherapeutic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000001309 chloro group Chemical group Cl* 0.000 description 1
- LADPCMZCENPFGV-UHFFFAOYSA-N chloromethoxymethylbenzene Chemical class ClCOCC1=CC=CC=C1 LADPCMZCENPFGV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- GGRHYQCXXYLUTL-UHFFFAOYSA-N chloromethyl 2,2-dimethylpropanoate Chemical compound CC(C)(C)C(=O)OCCl GGRHYQCXXYLUTL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WRJWRGBVPUUDLA-UHFFFAOYSA-N chlorosulfonyl isocyanate Chemical compound ClS(=O)(=O)N=C=O WRJWRGBVPUUDLA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- IJOOHPMOJXWVHK-UHFFFAOYSA-N chlorotrimethylsilane Chemical compound C[Si](C)(C)Cl IJOOHPMOJXWVHK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- KRVSOGSZCMJSLX-UHFFFAOYSA-L chromic acid Substances O[Cr](O)(=O)=O KRVSOGSZCMJSLX-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 229910052804 chromium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000011651 chromium Substances 0.000 description 1
- XBWRJSSJWDOUSJ-UHFFFAOYSA-L chromium(ii) chloride Chemical compound Cl[Cr]Cl XBWRJSSJWDOUSJ-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- KMPWYEUPVWOPIM-UHFFFAOYSA-N cinchonidine Natural products C1=CC=C2C(C(C3N4CCC(C(C4)C=C)C3)O)=CC=NC2=C1 KMPWYEUPVWOPIM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- KMPWYEUPVWOPIM-QAMTZSDWSA-N cinchonine Chemical compound C1=CC=C2C([C@@H]([C@@H]3[N@]4CC[C@H]([C@H](C4)C=C)C3)O)=CC=NC2=C1 KMPWYEUPVWOPIM-QAMTZSDWSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 235000015165 citric acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000003245 coal Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000000571 coke Substances 0.000 description 1
- UTBIMNXEDGNJFE-UHFFFAOYSA-N collidine Natural products CC1=CC=C(C)C(C)=N1 UTBIMNXEDGNJFE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000004040 coloring Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000004440 column chromatography Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000007859 condensation product Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000006482 condensation reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- TVZPLCNGKSPOJA-UHFFFAOYSA-N copper zinc Chemical compound [Cu].[Zn] TVZPLCNGKSPOJA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 235000005822 corn Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- DMSZORWOGDLWGN-UHFFFAOYSA-N ctk1a3526 Chemical class NP(N)(N)=O DMSZORWOGDLWGN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000004093 cyano group Chemical group *C#N 0.000 description 1
- 150000004292 cyclic ethers Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000004122 cyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000000753 cycloalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- HPXRVTGHNJAIIH-UHFFFAOYSA-N cyclohexanol Chemical compound OC1CCCCC1 HPXRVTGHNJAIIH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000000113 cyclohexyl group Chemical group [H]C1([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C([H])([H])C1([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000001511 cyclopentyl group Chemical group [H]C1([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C1([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- KWGRBVOPPLSCSI-UHFFFAOYSA-N d-ephedrine Natural products CNC(C)C(O)C1=CC=CC=C1 KWGRBVOPPLSCSI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000012024 dehydrating agents Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000008121 dextrose Substances 0.000 description 1
- WOWBFOBYOAGEEA-UHFFFAOYSA-N diafenthiuron Chemical compound CC(C)C1=C(NC(=S)NC(C)(C)C)C(C(C)C)=CC(OC=2C=CC=CC=2)=C1 WOWBFOBYOAGEEA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000008049 diazo compounds Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229940117389 dichlorobenzene Drugs 0.000 description 1
- ZBCBWPMODOFKDW-UHFFFAOYSA-N diethanolamine Chemical compound OCCNCCO ZBCBWPMODOFKDW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229940043279 diisopropylamine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000003085 diluting agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- LIKFHECYJZWXFJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N dimethyldichlorosilane Chemical compound C[Si](C)(Cl)Cl LIKFHECYJZWXFJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- LVQSCKUKDKAQGO-UHFFFAOYSA-L disodium;diiodide Chemical compound [Na+].[Na+].[I-].[I-] LVQSCKUKDKAQGO-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 239000003814 drug Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940079593 drug Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000003937 drug carrier Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000010828 elution Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000003995 emulsifying agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000000839 emulsion Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000006345 epimerization reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000006266 etherification reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 150000002170 ethers Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- HHFAWKCIHAUFRX-UHFFFAOYSA-N ethoxide Chemical compound CC[O-] HHFAWKCIHAUFRX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- XYIBRDXRRQCHLP-UHFFFAOYSA-N ethyl acetoacetate Chemical compound CCOC(=O)CC(C)=O XYIBRDXRRQCHLP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000002360 explosive Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000013312 flour Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 235000013305 food Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 235000003599 food sweetener Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229940013688 formic acid Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 125000002485 formyl group Chemical group [H]C(*)=O 0.000 description 1
- 238000001640 fractional crystallisation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000001530 fumaric acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- AWJWCTOOIBYHON-UHFFFAOYSA-N furo[3,4-b]pyrazine-5,7-dione Chemical compound C1=CN=C2C(=O)OC(=O)C2=N1 AWJWCTOOIBYHON-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000002541 furyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 229920000159 gelatin Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000007903 gelatin capsule Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000019322 gelatine Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 235000011852 gelatine desserts Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 230000014509 gene expression Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229960004275 glycolic acid Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 150000002357 guanidines Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229940093915 gynecological organic acid Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229940047650 haemophilus influenzae Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 125000006331 halo benzoyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000001072 heteroaryl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 150000002429 hydrazines Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 238000006698 hydrazinolysis reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000004435 hydrogen atom Chemical group [H]* 0.000 description 1
- 229940071870 hydroiodic acid Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 125000004029 hydroxymethyl group Chemical group [H]OC([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 229910052738 indium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000003978 infusion fluid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000002401 inhibitory effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000011081 inoculation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229910052500 inorganic mineral Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000013067 intermediate product Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000007918 intramuscular administration Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000007912 intraperitoneal administration Methods 0.000 description 1
- XMBWDFGMSWQBCA-UHFFFAOYSA-M iodide Chemical compound [I-] XMBWDFGMSWQBCA-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 150000002496 iodine Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- PNDPGZBMCMUPRI-UHFFFAOYSA-N iodine Chemical compound II PNDPGZBMCMUPRI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000002346 iodo group Chemical group I* 0.000 description 1
- INQOMBQAUSQDDS-UHFFFAOYSA-N iodomethane Chemical compound IC INQOMBQAUSQDDS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000005342 ion exchange Methods 0.000 description 1
- 150000002500 ions Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000000959 isobutyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])(C([H])([H])[H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 239000012948 isocyanate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000002513 isocyanates Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000000555 isopropenyl group Chemical group [H]\C([H])=C(\*)C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000005928 isopropyloxycarbonyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])(OC(*)=O)C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 150000002542 isoureas Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000003951 lactams Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 150000002596 lactones Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000008101 lactose Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229960004873 levomenthol Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 150000007517 lewis acids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229910052744 lithium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000012280 lithium aluminium hydride Substances 0.000 description 1
- AFRJJFRNGGLMDW-UHFFFAOYSA-N lithium amide Chemical compound [Li+].[NH2-] AFRJJFRNGGLMDW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- YNESATAKKCNGOF-UHFFFAOYSA-N lithium bis(trimethylsilyl)amide Chemical compound [Li+].C[Si](C)(C)[N-][Si](C)(C)C YNESATAKKCNGOF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910000103 lithium hydride Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- HSZCZNFXUDYRKD-UHFFFAOYSA-M lithium iodide Inorganic materials [Li+].[I-] HSZCZNFXUDYRKD-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 239000000314 lubricant Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000011777 magnesium Substances 0.000 description 1
- HQKMJHAJHXVSDF-UHFFFAOYSA-L magnesium stearate Substances [Mg+2].CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC([O-])=O.CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC([O-])=O HQKMJHAJHXVSDF-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 235000019359 magnesium stearate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- VZCYOOQTPOCHFL-UPHRSURJSA-N maleic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)\C=C/C(O)=O VZCYOOQTPOCHFL-UPHRSURJSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000011976 maleic acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000001630 malic acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000011090 malic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229960002510 mandelic acid Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000000463 material Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000002736 metal compounds Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229910001092 metal group alloy Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 150000002739 metals Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- WSFSSNUMVMOOMR-NJFSPNSNSA-N methanone Chemical compound O=[14CH2] WSFSSNUMVMOOMR-NJFSPNSNSA-N 0.000 description 1
- UZKWTJUDCOPSNM-UHFFFAOYSA-N methoxybenzene Substances CCCCOC=C UZKWTJUDCOPSNM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- UQVLQSMEKZLEIE-GKROBHDKSA-N methyl (2S,5R,6R)-6-(hydroxymethyl)-3,3-dimethyl-4,4,7-trioxo-4lambda6-thia-1-azabicyclo[3.2.0]heptane-2-carboxylate Chemical compound O=S1(=O)C(C)(C)[C@H](C(=O)OC)N2C(=O)[C@@H](CO)[C@H]21 UQVLQSMEKZLEIE-GKROBHDKSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229920000609 methyl cellulose Polymers 0.000 description 1
- MVEAMNWCFZZFCL-UHFFFAOYSA-N methyl n'-methylcarbamimidothioate Chemical group CSC(N)=NC MVEAMNWCFZZFCL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000001923 methylcellulose Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000010981 methylcellulose Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 235000010755 mineral Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000011707 mineral Substances 0.000 description 1
- LGROKZMEHJZWDU-UHFFFAOYSA-N n-amino-n-phenylnitramide Chemical compound [O-][N+](=O)N(N)C1=CC=CC=C1 LGROKZMEHJZWDU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000002004 n-butylamino group Chemical group [H]N(*)C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000004708 n-butylthio group Chemical group C(CCC)S* 0.000 description 1
- DISPOJHKKXSCLS-UHFFFAOYSA-N n-diaminophosphorylmethanamine Chemical compound CNP(N)(N)=O DISPOJHKKXSCLS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- SVEUVITYHIHZQE-UHFFFAOYSA-N n-methylpyridin-2-amine Chemical compound CNC1=CC=CC=N1 SVEUVITYHIHZQE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000006386 neutralization reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229910017604 nitric acid Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 231100000252 nontoxic Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 230000003000 nontoxic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000012434 nucleophilic reagent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000010534 nucleophilic substitution reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- QIQXTHQIDYTFRH-UHFFFAOYSA-N octadecanoic acid Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(O)=O QIQXTHQIDYTFRH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- OQCDKBAXFALNLD-UHFFFAOYSA-N octadecanoic acid Natural products CCCCCCCC(C)CCCCCCCCC(O)=O OQCDKBAXFALNLD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 235000005985 organic acids Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 150000002894 organic compounds Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000004967 organic peroxy acids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000002903 organophosphorus compounds Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 230000003204 osmotic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 235000006408 oxalic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 125000002971 oxazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 150000002924 oxiranes Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- JSGZKHJWRITPII-UHFFFAOYSA-N oxoniumylideneazanide Chemical class O[N] JSGZKHJWRITPII-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- AUONHKJOIZSQGR-UHFFFAOYSA-N oxophosphane Chemical compound P=O AUONHKJOIZSQGR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- MUMZUERVLWJKNR-UHFFFAOYSA-N oxoplatinum Chemical compound [Pt]=O MUMZUERVLWJKNR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000005949 ozonolysis reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000001037 p-tolyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C(=C([H])C([H])=C1*)C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 229920002866 paraformaldehyde Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 125000002217 penem group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 239000000546 pharmaceutical excipient Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940117803 phenethylamine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000008363 phosphate buffer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000003003 phosphines Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- XYFCBTPGUUZFHI-UHFFFAOYSA-O phosphonium Chemical compound [PH4+] XYFCBTPGUUZFHI-UHFFFAOYSA-O 0.000 description 1
- 125000005496 phosphonium group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 150000004714 phosphonium salts Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000005544 phthalimido group Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 238000011197 physicochemical method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229910003446 platinum oxide Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229920001223 polyethylene glycol Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000001267 polyvinylpyrrolidone Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000013855 polyvinylpyrrolidone Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229920000036 polyvinylpyrrolidone Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000011591 potassium Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052700 potassium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- XAEFZNCEHLXOMS-UHFFFAOYSA-M potassium benzoate Chemical compound [K+].[O-]C(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 XAEFZNCEHLXOMS-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 235000011181 potassium carbonates Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000012286 potassium permanganate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000002244 precipitate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000002243 precursor Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000003755 preservative agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- MFDFERRIHVXMIY-UHFFFAOYSA-N procaine Chemical compound CCN(CC)CCOC(=O)C1=CC=C(N)C=C1 MFDFERRIHVXMIY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 102000004196 processed proteins & peptides Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 238000012545 processing Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000001436 propyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- WGYKZJWCGVVSQN-UHFFFAOYSA-N propylamine Chemical group CCCN WGYKZJWCGVVSQN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 108090000623 proteins and genes Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 238000000746 purification Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000000714 pyrimidinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000002112 pyrrolidino group Chemical group [*]N1C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C1([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 230000035484 reaction time Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000001105 regulatory effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 235000009566 rice Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 125000002914 sec-butyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 238000007086 side reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000003808 silyl group Chemical group [H][Si]([H])([H])[*] 0.000 description 1
- 239000002002 slurry Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000010413 sodium alginate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000000661 sodium alginate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940005550 sodium alginate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 235000019812 sodium carboxymethyl cellulose Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229920001027 sodium carboxymethylcellulose Polymers 0.000 description 1
- QDRKDTQENPPHOJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N sodium ethoxide Chemical compound [Na+].CC[O-] QDRKDTQENPPHOJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- SUKJFIGYRHOWBL-UHFFFAOYSA-N sodium hypochlorite Chemical compound [Na+].Cl[O-] SUKJFIGYRHOWBL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 235000010265 sodium sulphite Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- AKHNMLFCWUSKQB-UHFFFAOYSA-L sodium thiosulfate Chemical compound [Na+].[Na+].[O-]S([O-])(=O)=S AKHNMLFCWUSKQB-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 235000019345 sodium thiosulphate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000000600 sorbitol Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000003381 stabilizer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000008107 starch Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000008117 stearic acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940031000 streptococcus pneumoniae Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000000758 substrate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000005720 sucrose Substances 0.000 description 1
- BDHFUVZGWQCTTF-UHFFFAOYSA-N sulfonic acid Chemical compound OS(=O)=O BDHFUVZGWQCTTF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000011593 sulfur Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000003765 sweetening agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- GFYHSKONPJXCDE-UHFFFAOYSA-N sym-collidine Natural products CC1=CN=C(C)C(C)=C1 GFYHSKONPJXCDE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000003786 synthesis reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000000454 talc Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052623 talc Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 235000012222 talc Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000011975 tartaric acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000002906 tartaric acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- BCNZYOJHNLTNEZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N tert-butyldimethylsilyl chloride Chemical compound CC(C)(C)[Si](C)(C)Cl BCNZYOJHNLTNEZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000001981 tert-butyldimethylsilyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])[Si]([H])(C([H])([H])[H])[*]C(C([H])([H])[H])(C([H])([H])[H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 238000005979 thermal decomposition reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 150000003568 thioethers Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000003573 thiols Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- DHCDFWKWKRSZHF-UHFFFAOYSA-L thiosulfate(2-) Chemical compound [O-]S([S-])(=O)=O DHCDFWKWKRSZHF-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 235000010487 tragacanth Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000000196 tragacanth Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940116362 tragacanth Drugs 0.000 description 1
- PVFOMCVHYWHZJE-UHFFFAOYSA-N trichloroacetyl chloride Chemical compound ClC(=O)C(Cl)(Cl)Cl PVFOMCVHYWHZJE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- BDZBKCUKTQZUTL-UHFFFAOYSA-N triethyl phosphite Chemical compound CCOP(OCC)OCC BDZBKCUKTQZUTL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000004044 trifluoroacetyl group Chemical group FC(C(=O)*)(F)F 0.000 description 1
- CYTQBVOFDCPGCX-UHFFFAOYSA-N trimethyl phosphite Chemical compound COP(OC)OC CYTQBVOFDCPGCX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- CMSYDJVRTHCWFP-UHFFFAOYSA-N triphenylphosphane;hydrobromide Chemical compound Br.C1=CC=CC=C1P(C=1C=CC=CC=1)C1=CC=CC=C1 CMSYDJVRTHCWFP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000002211 ultraviolet spectrum Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229940005605 valeric acid Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229910052720 vanadium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229920001567 vinyl ester resin Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 238000009736 wetting Methods 0.000 description 1
Classifications
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07D515/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing in the condensed system at least one hetero ring having nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for in groups C07D463/00, C07D477/00 or C07D499/00 - C07D507/00
- C07D515/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing in the condensed system at least one hetero ring having nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for in groups C07D463/00, C07D477/00 or C07D499/00 - C07D507/00 in which the condensed system contains two hetero rings
- C07D515/04—Ortho-condensed systems
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07D205/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing four-membered rings with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom
- C07D205/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing four-membered rings with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom not condensed with other rings
- C07D205/06—Heterocyclic compounds containing four-membered rings with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom not condensed with other rings having one double bond between ring members or between a ring member and a non-ring member
- C07D205/08—Heterocyclic compounds containing four-membered rings with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom not condensed with other rings having one double bond between ring members or between a ring member and a non-ring member with one oxygen atom directly attached in position 2, e.g. beta-lactams
- C07D205/09—Heterocyclic compounds containing four-membered rings with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom not condensed with other rings having one double bond between ring members or between a ring member and a non-ring member with one oxygen atom directly attached in position 2, e.g. beta-lactams with a sulfur atom directly attached in position 4
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07D499/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing 4-thia-1-azabicyclo [3.2.0] heptane ring systems, i.e. compounds containing a ring system of the formula:, e.g. penicillins, penems; Such ring systems being further condensed, e.g. 2,3-condensed with an oxygen-, nitrogen- or sulfur-containing hetero ring
- C07D499/88—Compounds with a double bond between positions 2 and 3 and a carbon atom having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. an ester or nitrile radical, directly attached in position 2
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07F—ACYCLIC, CARBOCYCLIC OR HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS CONTAINING ELEMENTS OTHER THAN CARBON, HYDROGEN, HALOGEN, OXYGEN, NITROGEN, SULFUR, SELENIUM OR TELLURIUM
- C07F7/00—Compounds containing elements of Groups 4 or 14 of the Periodic Table
- C07F7/02—Silicon compounds
- C07F7/08—Compounds having one or more C—Si linkages
- C07F7/18—Compounds having one or more C—Si linkages as well as one or more C—O—Si linkages
- C07F7/1804—Compounds having Si-O-C linkages
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07F—ACYCLIC, CARBOCYCLIC OR HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS CONTAINING ELEMENTS OTHER THAN CARBON, HYDROGEN, HALOGEN, OXYGEN, NITROGEN, SULFUR, SELENIUM OR TELLURIUM
- C07F9/00—Compounds containing elements of Groups 5 or 15 of the Periodic Table
- C07F9/02—Phosphorus compounds
- C07F9/547—Heterocyclic compounds, e.g. containing phosphorus as a ring hetero atom
- C07F9/553—Heterocyclic compounds, e.g. containing phosphorus as a ring hetero atom having one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom
- C07F9/568—Four-membered rings
Landscapes
- Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
- Organic Chemistry (AREA)
- Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
- Biochemistry (AREA)
- General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Molecular Biology (AREA)
- Pharmaceuticals Containing Other Organic And Inorganic Compounds (AREA)
- Nitrogen Condensed Heterocyclic Rings (AREA)
- Organic Low-Molecular-Weight Compounds And Preparation Thereof (AREA)
- Acyclic And Carbocyclic Compounds In Medicinal Compositions (AREA)
- Lift-Guide Devices, And Elevator Ropes And Cables (AREA)
Description
Oppfinnelsen vedrører fremgangsmåte til frem-The invention relates to the method for
stilling av nye 2-aminobutyl-6-hydroksymetyl-2-penemfor-position of new 2-aminobutyl-6-hydroxymethyl-2-penemfor-
bindelser .bonds.
Fra tysk Offfenlegungsschrift 2950898 og fra euro-From German Offfenlegungsschrift 2950898 and from Euro-
peisk søknad nr. 3960 er det blitt kjent 2-penemforbindelser som i 2-stilling inneholder en aminolaverealkyl-substituent og i 6-stilling en 1-hydroksylaverealkylgruppe. Disse forbindel- peisk application no. 3960, 2-penem compounds have become known which in the 2-position contain an amino lower alkyl substituent and in the 6 position a 1-hydroxy lower alkyl group. These connec-
ser er verdifulle antibiotisk virksomme stoffer, som spesielt kan anvendes som antibakterielle antibiotika. Som spesielt foretrukkede fremheves i de nevnte publikasjoner slike penem- ser are valuable antibiotically active substances, which can especially be used as antibacterial antibiotics. As particularly preferred, the aforementioned publications highlight such penem-
forbindelser som i 6-stilling inneholder en 1-hydroksyetyl-compounds which in the 6-position contain a 1-hydroxyethyl
gruppe, og dermed i tillegg til de i penemskjelettet allerede tilstedeværende to asymmetrisentre (C-atom 5 og 6) har et ytter- group, and thus in addition to the two asymmetry centers already present in the penem skeleton (C atoms 5 and 6) have an outer
ligere asymmetrisentrum ved C-atom 1' av sidekjeden. Oppdelingen av de herav resulterende fire mulige enantiomerpar viser seg vanligvis som komplisert omstendelig og dermed kostbar. lower center of asymmetry at C atom 1' of the side chain. The division of the resulting four possible enantiomer pairs usually proves to be complicated, time-consuming and thus expensive.
2-aminobutyl-6-hydroksymetyl-2-penem-forbindelser2-aminobutyl-6-hydroxymethyl-2-penem compounds
er hittil ennå ikke vært kjent. Det ble gjort overraskende funn, at slike forbindelser ved siden av den parenterale også has not yet been known. It was made a surprising discovery, that such compounds next to the parenteral also
har en høy oral virkning. Da de bare har de to, for penem-has a high oral effect. Since they only have the two, too pretty-
systemet egne asymmetrisentre og derfor også bare er mulig to enantiomerpar, lettes i høy grad isoleringen av de farmakolog- the system has its own asymmetry centers and therefore only two enantiomer pairs are possible, the isolation of the pharmacological
iske spesielt aktive stereoisomere.is particularly active stereoisomers.
Oppfinnelsen vedrører spesielt fremstillingen avThe invention relates in particular to the production of
nye 2-aminobutyl-6-hydroksymetyl-2-penem-forbindelser med for-new 2-aminobutyl-6-hydroxymethyl-2-penem compounds with for-
mel flour
hvori in which
R, betyr en eventuell substituert aminogruppe, R? betyr hydroksyR, means any substituted amino group, R? means hydroxy
e.ller en rest R<A>£som sammen med karbonylgruppen -C(=0)-, danner en beskyttet karboksylgruppe, og R^ betyr en eventuell be- or a residue R<A>£ which, together with the carbonyl group -C(=0)-, forms a protected carboxyl group, and R^ means a possible be-
skyttet hydroksygruppe, samt deres salter, deres optiske isomere og blandinger av deres optiske isomere. substituted hydroxy group, as well as their salts, their optical isomers and mixtures of their optical isomers.
De ovenfor og i det følgende anvendte definisjoner har innen oppfinnelsens ramme fortrinnsvis følgende betydninger: The definitions used above and below preferably have the following meanings within the scope of the invention:
. En substituert aminogruppe R^er en beskyttet aminogruppe eller også en metylenaminogruppe, hvori metylenresten fortrinnsvis er mono- eller disubstituert, f. eks. i gruppe med formel . A substituted amino group R is a protected amino group or also a methyleneamino group, in which the methylene residue is preferably mono- or disubstituted, e.g. in group with formula
hvori in which
X-^ betyr hydrogen eventuelt substituert amino, f. eks. amino, laverealkylamino, dilaverealkylamino, laverealkylenamino, nitroamino, hydrazino eller anilino, foretret hydroksy, f. eks. laverealkoksy eller fenyllaverealkoksy, foretret merkapto, f. eks. laverealkyltio, eventuelt substituert laverealkyl, f. eks. laverealkyl, aminolaverealkyl, N-laverealkylaminolaverealkyl eller N,N-dilaverealkylaminolaverealkyl, laverealkehyl, fenyl eller monosyklisk heteroaryl, som tilsvarende 5- eller 6- X-^ means hydrogen optionally substituted amino, e.g. amino, lower alkylamino, dilower alkylamino, lower alkyleneamino, nitroamino, hydrazino or anilino, etherified hydroxy, e.g. lower alkoxy or phenyl lower alkyl, etherified mercapto, e.g. lower alkylthio, optionally substituted lower alkyl, e.g. loweralkyl, aminoloweralkyl, N-loweralkylaminoloweralkyl or N,N-diloweralkylaminoloweralkyl, loweralkyl, phenyl or monocyclic heteroaryl, as corresponding 5- or 6-
leddet heteroaryl med 1 til 2 nitrogenatomer, og/eller et oksygen- eller svovelatom, og X2betyr eventuelt substituerte amino, f. eks. amino, laverealkylamino, dilaverealkylamino, laverealkylenamino, nitroamino, hydrazino eller anilino, foretret hydroksy, f. eks. laverealkoksy eller fenyllaverealkoksy, eller forestret merkapto, f. eks. laverealkyltio. linked heteroaryl with 1 to 2 nitrogen atoms, and/or an oxygen or sulfur atom, and X2 means optionally substituted amino, e.g. amino, lower alkylamino, dilower alkylamino, lower alkyleneamino, nitroamino, hydrazino or anilino, etherified hydroxy, e.g. lower methoxy or phenyl lower oxy, or esterified mercapto, e.g. lower alkylthio.
I den foreliggende oppfinnelse betyr de i forbindelse med definisjonen av gruppen og forbindelsen anvendte uttrykk "lavere" at de tilsvarende grupper resp. forbindelser hvis intet annet uttrykkelig er definert, inneholder inntil 7, fortrinnsvis inntil 4 karbonatomer. In the present invention, the expressions "lower" used in connection with the definition of the group and the compound mean that the corresponding groups resp. compounds, if nothing else is expressly defined, contain up to 7, preferably up to 4 carbon atoms.
Laverealkylamino er f. eks. metylamino, etylamino, n-propylamino, isopropylamino eller n-butylamino, mens dilaverealkylamino f. eks. betyr dimetylamino, dietylamino, di-n-propylamino eller di-n-butylamino. Lower alkylamino is e.g. methylamino, ethylamino, n-propylamino, isopropylamino or n-butylamino, while diloverealkylamino e.g. means dimethylamino, diethylamino, di-n-propylamino or di-n-butylamino.
Laverealkylenamino har spesielt 4 til 6 karbonkjede-ledd, og betyr f. eks. pyrrolidino eller piperidino. Lower alkyleneamino especially has 4 to 6 carbon chain members, and means e.g. pyrrolidino or piperidino.
Laverealkoksy er f. eks. metoksy, etoksy, n-propoksy, isopropoksy, n-butoksy eller tert.-butoksy, mens fenyllaverealkoksy er f. eks. bensyloksy. Low-area coke is e.g. methoxy, ethoxy, n-propoxy, isopropoxy, n-butoxy or tert.-butoxy, while phenyl lower realoxy is e.g. benzyloxy.
Laverealkyltio er f. eks. metyltio, etyltio, n-propyltio, isopropyltio eller n-butyltio. . Laverealkyl er f. eks. metyl, etyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, isobut-yl, sek-butyl eller tert.-butyl. Lower alkylthio is e.g. methylthio, ethylthio, n-propylthio, isopropylthio or n-butylthio. . Lower alkyl is e.g. methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, isobutyl, sec-butyl or tert-butyl.
Aminolaverealkyl er f. eks. 2-aminoetyl eller 3-aminopropyl. Amino lower alkyl is e.g. 2-aminoethyl or 3-aminopropyl.
N-laverealkylaminolaverealkyl er f. eks. 2-metyl-eller 2-etylaminoetyl, mens N,N-dialverealkylaminolaverealkyl f. eks. betyr 2-dimetylaminoetyl eller 2-dietylaminoetyl. N-lower alkylaminolower alkyl is e.g. 2-methyl or 2-ethylaminoethyl, while N,N-dialverealkylaminoloweralkyl e.g. means 2-dimethylaminoethyl or 2-diethylaminoethyl.
Laverealkenyl er f. eks. allyl, n-propenyl eller iso-propenyl. Lower range alkenyl is e.g. allyl, n-propenyl or iso-propenyl.
Monosyklisk 5- eller 6-leddet heteroaryl med 1 til 2 nitrogenatomer og/eller oksygen- eller svovelatom er f. eks. furyl, som 2-furyl, tienyl, som 2-tienyl, oksazolyl, som 2-oksazolyl, tiazolyl, som 2- eller 4-tiazolyl, pyridyl, som 2-, Monocyclic 5- or 6-membered heteroaryl with 1 to 2 nitrogen atoms and/or oxygen or sulfur atoms is e.g. furyl, as 2-furyl, thienyl, as 2-thienyl, oxazolyl, as 2-oxazolyl, thiazolyl, as 2- or 4-thiazolyl, pyridyl, as 2-,
3- eller 4-pyridyl, eller pyrimidyl, som 2-, 4- eller 5-pyrimidyl. 3- or 4-pyridyl, or pyrimidyl, such as 2-, 4- or 5-pyrimidyl.
Metylenaminogruppen med formel IA er f.eks..tilsvarende substituerte guanidino-, over et nitrogenatom med butylgruppen sammenknyttete isourinstoff- eller isotiourinstoff-, imidoeter-eller imidotioeter- og spesielt amidinogrupper. The methyleneamino group of formula IA is, for example, correspondingly substituted guanidino, isourea or isothiourea linked over a nitrogen atom with the butyl group, imidoether or imidothioether and especially amidino groups.
I en guanidinorest med formel IA betyr x^f. eks. amino, laverealkylamino, f. eks. metylamino, dilaverealkylamino, f. eks. dietylamino, nitroamino, hydrazino eller anilino og X2betyr f. eks. amino eller laverealkylamino, f. eks. metylamino. Eksempler for slike guanidihogrupper er guanidino, N-metyl-, N,N-dimetyl- eller N,N,N'-trimetylguanidino, N-fenylguanidino eller aminoguanidino. In a guanidino residue of formula IA, x^f means. e.g. amino, lower alkylamino, e.g. methylamino, dilavealkylamino, e.g. diethylamino, nitroamino, hydrazino or anilino and X2 means e.g. amino or lower alkylamino, e.g. methylamino. Examples of such guanidiho groups are guanidino, N-methyl-, N,N-dimethyl- or N,N,N'-trimethylguanidino, N-phenylguanidino or aminoguanidino.
I en isourinstoff- resp. isotiourinstoffrest med formel Ia betyr X^ spesielt amino, laverealkylamino, f. eks. metylamino, dialverealkylamino, f. eks. dimetylamino eller anilino,.og X2betyr f. eks. laverealkoksy, f. eks. metoksy eller etoksy, resp. laverealkyltio, f. eks. metyltio eller etyltio. Slike grupper er f. eks. N,N,0-trimetylisourinstoff-gruppen, og N,N-dimetyl-S-etyl-, N-fenyl-S-etyl eller N,S-dimetyl-isotiourinstoff-gruppen. In an isourea resp. isothiourea residue of formula Ia means X^ in particular amino, lower alkylamino, e.g. methylamino, dialverealkylamino, e.g. dimethylamino or anilino, and X2means e.g. lower alkoxy, e.g. methoxy or ethoxy, resp. lower alkylthio, e.g. methylthio or ethylthio. Such groups are e.g. the N,N,0-trimethylisourea group, and the N,N-dimethyl-S-ethyl, N-phenyl-S-ethyl or N,S-dimethylisothiourea group.
I imidoeter- resp. imidoeterresten med formelIn imidoether- or the imidoether residue of formula
IA er X2f. eks. laverealkoksy, f. eks. metoksy eller etoksy eller «benzyloksy, resp. laverealkyltio, f. eks. metyltio eller etyltio, og X^har samme betydning som X.,, eller betyr hydrogen, laverealkyl, f. eks. metyl eller fenyl. Tilsvarende grupper er f. eks. metylformamidat-, S-metyltiobenzimidat-, metylbenzyloksykarbimidat- eller dietylditiokarbimidat-gruppen. IA is X2f. e.g. lower alkoxy, e.g. methoxy or ethoxy or "benzyloxy, resp. lower alkylthio, e.g. methylthio or ethylthio, and X^ has the same meaning as X.,, or means hydrogen, lower alkyl, e.g. methyl or phenyl. Corresponding groups are e.g. methylformamidate, S-methylthiobenzimidate, methylbenzyloxycarbimidate or diethyldithiocarbimidate group.
I amidinogrupper med formel IA betyr X-^f. eks. hydrogen, laverealkyl, f. eks. metyl, aminolaverealkyl, f. eks. 2-aminoetyl, laverealkenyl, f. eks. allyl, fenyl, tienyl, f. eks. 2-tienyl, tiazolyl, f. eks. 4^-tiazolyl, eller pyridyl, f. eks. 2-, 3- eller 4-pyridyl, og X2betyr f. eks., amino, laverealkylamino, f. eks. metylamino eller isopropylamino, dilaverealkylamino, f. eks. dimetylamino eller laverealkylenamino, f. eks. piperidino. Egnede amidinogrupper er f.eks. bensamidino, 4-pyridylkarboksamidino, 1-piperidinylmetylenimino, eller spesielt formamidino, acetamidino, N-metyl-, N-isopropyl- eller N,N-di-metylformamidino. In amidino groups of formula IA, X represents f. e.g. hydrogen, lower alkyl, e.g. methyl, amino lower alkyl, e.g. 2-aminoethyl, lower alkenyl, e.g. allyl, phenyl, thienyl, e.g. 2-thienyl, thiazolyl, e.g. 4^-thiazolyl, or pyridyl, e.g. 2-, 3- or 4-pyridyl, and X2 means, for example, amino, lower alkylamino, e.g. methylamino or isopropylamino, dilave alkylamino, e.g. dimethylamino or lower alkyleneamino, e.g. piperidino. Suitable amidino groups are e.g. benzamidino, 4-pyridylcarboxamidino, 1-piperidinylmethyleneimino, or especially formamidino, acetamidino, N-methyl-, N-isopropyl- or N,N-dimethylformamidino.
De i forbindelsen med formel I tilstedeværende funksjonelle grupper som karboksy-, amino- eller hydroksygrupper, spesielt aminogruppen R^, karboksylgruppen -C(=0)-R2 og hydroksygruppen R^er eventuelt beskyttet med beskyttelsesgrupper som anvendes i penem-, penicillin-, cephalosporin- og peptid-kjemien. The functional groups present in the compound with formula I such as carboxy, amino or hydroxy groups, especially the amino group R^, the carboxyl group -C(=0)-R2 and the hydroxy group R^ are optionally protected with protective groups used in penem, penicillin, cephalosporin and peptide chemistry.
Slike beskyttelsesgrupper er lett avspaltbare, dvs. uten at det finner sted uønskede bireaksjoner, eksempelvis avspaltbare solvolytisk, reduktivt eller også under fysiologiske betingelser. Such protective groups are easily cleavable, i.e. without unwanted side reactions taking place, for example cleavable solvolytically, reductively or also under physiological conditions.
Beskyttelsesgrupper av denne type, samt deres inn-føring og avspaltning er. eksempelvis omtalt i Protection groups of this type, as well as their introduction and separation are. for example mentioned in
J.F.W McOmie "Protective Groups in Organic Chemistry", Plenum Press, London, New York, 1973, J.F.W McOmie "Protective Groups in Organic Chemistry", Plenum Press, London, New York, 1973,
T.W. Greene, "Protective Groups in Organic Synthésis", Wiley, New York, 1981, T.W. Greene, "Protective Groups in Organic Synthésis", Wiley, New York, 1981,
"The Peptides", Vol. I, Schroeder und Luebke, Academic Press, London, New York, 1965, og "The Peptides", Vol. I, Schroeder und Luebke, Academic Press, London, New York, 1965, and
Houben-Weyl, "Methoden der Organisehen Chemie", Band Houben-Weyl, "Methoden der Organisehen Chemie", Band
15/1, Georg Thieme Verlag, Stuttgart, 1974.15/1, Georg Thieme Verlag, Stuttgart, 1974.
En beskyttet arainogruppe kan eksempelvis foreligge i form av en lett, spaltbar acylamino-, acylimino-, foretret merkaptoamino-, silyl- eller stannylaminogruppe eller som enamino-, nitro- eller azidogruppe. A protected araino group can for example be in the form of an easily cleavable acylamino, acylimino, etherified mercaptoamino, silyl or stannylamino group or as an enamino, nitro or azido group.
I en tilsvarende acylaminogruppe er acyl eksempelvis acylresten av en organisk syre med f. eks. inntil 18 karbonatomer, spesielt en eventuelt f. eks. med halogen eller fenyl substituert alkankarboksylsyre, eller eventuelt f. eks. med halogen, laverealkoksy eller nitro, substituert benzosyre, eller en karbonsyrehalvester. Slike acylgrupper er eksempelvis laverealkanoyl, som formyl, acetyl eller propionyl, halogenlaverealkanoyl, som 2-halogenacetyl, spesielt 2-fluor-, 2-brom-, 2-jod-, 2,2,2-trifluor- eller 2,2,2-trikloracetyl, eventuelt substituert benzoyl, f. eks. benzoyl, halogenbenzoyl, som 4-klorbenzoyl, laverealkoksybenzoyl, som 4-metoksybenzoyl, eller nitrobenzoyl, som 4-nitrobenzoyl. Spesielt er også laverealkenyloksykarbonyl, f. eks. allyloksykarbonyl, eller eventuelt i 1- eller 2-stilling substituert laverealkoksykarbonyl egnet som laverealkoksykarbonyl, f. eks. metoksy- eller etoksykarbonyl, eventuelt substituert benzyloksykarbonyl, f. eks. benzyloksykarbonyl eller 4-nitrobenzyloksykarbonyl, aroylmetoksykarbonyl, hvori aroylgruppen fortrinnsvis betyr eventuelt f. eks. med halogen, som brom, substituert benzoyl, f. eks. fenacyloksy-karbonyl, 2-halogenlaverealkoksykarbonyl, f. eks. 2-, 2,2-trikloretoksykarbonyl, 2-kloretoksykarbonyl, 2-brometoksykarbo-nyl eller 2-jodetoksykarbonyl eller 2-(tris-substituert silyl)-etoksykarbonyl, som 2-trilaverealkylsilyletoksykarbonyl, f. eks. 2-trimetylsilyletoksykarbonyl eller 2-(di-n-butyl-metyl-silyl)-etoksykarbonyl, eller 2-triarylsilyletoksykarbonyl, som 2-trifenylsilyletoksykarbonyl. In a corresponding acylamino group, acyl is, for example, the acyl residue of an organic acid with e.g. up to 18 carbon atoms, especially one possibly e.g. with halogen or phenyl substituted alkanecarboxylic acid, or optionally e.g. with halogen, lower alkoxy or nitro, substituted benzoic acid, or a carboxylic acid half-ester. Such acyl groups are, for example, lower alkanoyl, such as formyl, acetyl or propionyl, halolower alkanoyl, such as 2-haloacetyl, especially 2-fluoro-, 2-bromo-, 2-iodo-, 2,2,2-trifluoro- or 2,2,2 -trichloroacetyl, optionally substituted benzoyl, e.g. benzoyl, halobenzoyl, such as 4-chlorobenzoyl, lower alkoxybenzoyl, such as 4-methoxybenzoyl, or nitrobenzoyl, such as 4-nitrobenzoyl. In particular, lower alkenyloxycarbonyl, e.g. allyloxycarbonyl, or optionally in the 1- or 2-position substituted lower alkoxycarbonyl suitable as lower alkoxycarbonyl, e.g. methoxy- or ethoxycarbonyl, optionally substituted benzyloxycarbonyl, e.g. benzyloxycarbonyl or 4-nitrobenzyloxycarbonyl, aroylmethoxycarbonyl, in which the aroyl group preferably optionally means e.g. with halogen, such as bromine, substituted benzoyl, e.g. phenacyloxycarbonyl, 2-halolower oxycarbonyl, e.g. 2-, 2,2-trichloroethoxycarbonyl, 2-chloroethoxycarbonyl, 2-bromomethoxycarbonyl or 2-iodoethoxycarbonyl or 2-(tris-substituted silyl)ethoxycarbonyl, such as 2-trilower alkylsilylethoxycarbonyl, e.g. 2-trimethylsilylethoxycarbonyl or 2-(di-n-butyl-methyl-silyl)-ethoxycarbonyl, or 2-triarylsilylethoxycarbonyl, such as 2-triphenylsilylethoxycarbonyl.
I en acyliminogruppe er acyl eksempelvis acylresten av en organisk dikarboksylsyre, med f. eks. inntil 12 karbonatomer, spesielt en tilsvarende aromatisk dikarboksylsyre som phtalsyre. En slik gruppe er i første rekke phtalimino. En foretret merkaptoaminogruppe er i første rekke en eventuelt med laverealkyl, som metyl eller tert.-butyl, laverealkoksy, In an acylimino group, acyl is, for example, the acyl residue of an organic dicarboxylic acid, with e.g. up to 12 carbon atoms, especially a corresponding aromatic dicarboxylic acid such as phthalic acid. One such group is primarily phthalimino. An etherified mercaptoamino group is primarily one optionally with lower alkyl, such as methyl or tert.-butyl, lower alkoxy,
som metoksy, halogen, som klor eller brom, og/eller nitro, substituert fenyltioaminogruppe eller en pyridyltioaminogruppe. such as methoxy, halogen, such as chlorine or bromine, and/or nitro, substituted phenylthioamino group or a pyridylthioamino group.
Tilsvarende grupper er eksempelvis 2- eller 4-nitrofenyltio-amino, eller 2-pyridyltioamino. Corresponding groups are, for example, 2- or 4-nitrophenylthioamino, or 2-pyridylthioamino.
, En silyl- eller stannylaminogruppe er i første, A silyl or stannylamino group is in the first
rekke en organisk silyl- resp. stannylaminogruppe, hvori silicium- resp. tinnatomet fortrinnsvis inneholder som substituenter laverealkyl, f. eks. metyl, etyl, nrbutyl, eller tert.-butyl, videre laverealkoksy, f. eks. metoksy. Tilsvarende silyl- eller stannylgrupper er i første rekke trilaverealkylsilyl, spesielt trimetylsilyl, videre dimetyl-tert.-butylsilyl, eller tilsvarende substituert stannyl, f. eks. tri-n-butylstannyl. Silisiumatornet av en silylaminogruppe kan også bare være substituert med to lavere alkylgrupper, f. eks. metylgrupper, og amino-, hydroksy- eller karboksylgrupper av et annet molekyl med formel I. Forbindelser med slike beskyttelsesgrupper lar seg f. eks. fremstille ved anvendelse av dimetyldiklorsilan som silyleringsmiddel. range of an organic silyl resp. stannylamino group, in which silicon resp. the tin atom preferably contains lower alkyl as substituents, e.g. methyl, ethyl, n-butyl, or tert.-butyl, further lower alkoxy, e.g. methoxy. Corresponding silyl or stannyl groups are primarily trilower alkylsilyl, especially trimethylsilyl, further dimethyl-tert-butylsilyl, or similarly substituted stannyl, e.g. tri-n-butylstannyl. The silicon atom of a silylamino group can also only be substituted with two lower alkyl groups, e.g. methyl groups, and amino, hydroxy or carboxyl groups of another molecule with formula I. Compounds with such protective groups allow, e.g. prepared using dimethyldichlorosilane as silylating agent.
Ytterligere beskyttete aminogrupper er f. eks. en-aminogruppe, som ved dobbeltbindingen i 2-stilling inneholder en elektronetiltrekkende substituent, eksempelvis en karbonyl-gruppe. Beskyttede aminogrupper av denne type er eksempelvis l-acyl-laverealk-l-en-2-yl-aminorester, hvori acyl f. eks. betyr den tilsvarende rest av en laverealkankarboksylsyre, f. eks. eddiksyre, en eventuelt f. eks. med laverealkyl, som metyl eller tert.-butyl, laverealkoksy, som metoksy, halogen, som klor, og/ eller nitro substituert benzosyre, eller spesielt en karbonsyrehalvester, som en karbonsyre-laverealkylhalvester, f. eks. -metylhalvester eller-etylhalvester, som laverealk-l-en- betyr spesielt 1-propen. Tilsvarende beskyttete aminogrupper er i første rekke l-laverealkanoyl-prop-l-en-2-yl-amino, f. eks. 1-acetyl-prop-l-en-2-yl-amino, eller 1-laverealkoksykarbonyl-prop-l-en-2-yl-amino, f. eks. 1-etoksykarbonyl-prop-l-en-yl-amino. Further protected amino groups are e.g. an-amino group, which at the double bond in the 2-position contains an electron-withdrawing substituent, for example a carbonyl group. Protected amino groups of this type are, for example, 1-acyl-lower alk-1-en-2-yl amino residues, in which acyl e.g. means the corresponding residue of a lower alkane carboxylic acid, e.g. acetic acid, a possibly e.g. with lower alkyl, such as methyl or tert.-butyl, lower alkoxy, such as methoxy, halogen, such as chlorine, and/or nitro substituted benzoic acid, or especially a carboxylic acid half-ester, such as a carboxylic acid-lower alkyl half-ester, e.g. -methyl half-ester or -ethyl half-ester, such as lower alk-1-ene- means in particular 1-propene. Correspondingly protected amino groups are primarily 1-lower alkanoyl-prop-1-en-2-yl-amino, e.g. 1-acetyl-prop-1-en-2-yl-amino, or 1-lower oxycarbonyl-prop-1-en-2-yl-amino, e.g. 1-Ethoxycarbonyl-prop-1-en-yl-amino.
I en beskyttet karboksylgruppe med formel -C(=0)-R9' er spesielt en foreter.t .hydroksygruppe som sammen med karbo-nylgrupperingen danner en fortrinnsvis lett, avspaltbar, f. eks. reduktivt som hydrogenolytisk eller solvolytisk som acidolytisk eller spesielt basisk eller nøytralt hydrolytisk, eller en under fysiologiske betingelser spaltbare eller lett i en annen funk- sjonell modifisert karboksylgruppe som en annen forestret karboksylgruppe, overførbar forestret karboksylgruppe. In a protected carboxyl group with the formula -C(=O)-R9', there is in particular a forether.t.hydroxy group which, together with the carbonyl grouping, forms a preferably light, cleavable, e.g. reductive as hydrogenolytic or solvolytic as acidolytic or especially basic or neutral hydrolytic, or one under physiological conditions cleavable or easily in another functionally modified carboxyl group such as another esterified carboxyl group, transferable esterified carboxyl group.
Slike forestrede karboksylgrupper inneholder som forestrende grupper i f-ørste rekke i 1-stilling forgrenede eller i 1- eller 2-stilling egnede substituerte laverealkyl-grupper. Foretrukkede i forestrete form foreliggende karboksylgrupper er blandt annet laverealkoksykarbonyl, f. eks. metoksy-karbonyl, etoksykarbonyl, isopropoksykarbonyl eller tert.-butoksykarbonyl, og (hetero-)arylmetoksykarbonyl med 1 til 3 arylrester, eller én monosyklisk heteroarylrest, idet disse eventuelt f. eks. er mono eller polysubstituert med laverealkyl som tert.-laverealkyl, f. eks. tert.-butyl,. halogen, f. eks. Such esterified carboxyl groups contain as esterifying groups primarily branched in the 1-position or suitably substituted lower alkyl groups in the 1- or 2-position. Preferred carboxyl groups present in esterified form include lower alkoxycarbonyl, e.g. methoxycarbonyl, ethoxycarbonyl, isopropoxycarbonyl or tert.-butoxycarbonyl, and (hetero-)arylmethoxycarbonyl with 1 to 3 aryl residues, or one monocyclic heteroaryl residue, these possibly e.g. is mono- or poly-substituted with lower alkyl such as tert.-lower alkyl, e.g. tert-butyl, . halogen, e.g.
klor, og/eller nitro. Eksempler for slike grupper er eventuelt f. eks. som nevnt ovenfor substituert benzyloksykarbonyl, f. eks. 4-nitrobenzyloksykarbonyl, eventuelt f. eks. som nevnt<:>.. ovenfor substituert difenylmetoksykarbonyl, f. eks. difenylmetoksykarbonyl eller trifenylmetoksykarbonyl eller eventuelt f. eks. chlorine, and/or nitro. Examples for such groups are possibly e.g. as mentioned above substituted benzyloxycarbonyl, e.g. 4-nitrobenzyloxycarbonyl, possibly e.g. as mentioned <:>.. above substituted diphenylmethoxycarbonyl, e.g. diphenylmethoxycarbonyl or triphenylmethoxycarbonyl or optionally e.g.
som nevnt ovenfor substituert picolyloksykarbonyl, f. eks. 4-picolyloksykarbonyl, ..eller furfuryloksykarbonyl, som 2-f urf ury.loksykarbonyl. Ytterligere egnede grupper er lavere-alkanoylmetoksykarbonyl, som acetonyloksykarbonyl, aroylmetoksykarbonyl, hvori aroylgruppen f. eks. betyr eventuelt f. eks. med halogen som brom substituert benzoyl, f. eks. fenacyloksykarbo-nyl, halogenlaverealkoksykarbonyl, som 2-halogenlaverealkoksykarbonyl, f. eks. 2,2,2-trikloretoksykarbonyl, 2-kloretoksykarbonyl, 2-brometoksykarbohyl .eller 2-jodetoksykarbonyl, as mentioned above substituted picolyloxycarbonyl, e.g. 4-picolyloxycarbonyl, ..or furfuryloxycarbonyl, such as 2-furfuryloxycarbonyl. Further suitable groups are lower-alkanoylmethoxycarbonyl, such as acetonyloxycarbonyl, aroylmethoxycarbonyl, in which the aroyl group e.g. possibly means e.g. with halogen such as bromine substituted benzoyl, e.g. phenacyloxycarbonyl, halogeno-lower oxycarbonyl, such as 2-halogeno-lower oxycarbonyl, e.g. 2,2,2-trichloroethoxycarbonyl, 2-chloroethoxycarbonyl, 2-bromoethoxycarbonyl or 2-iodoethoxycarbonyl,
eller to-halogenlaverealkoksykarbonyl, hvori laverealkoksy inneholder 4-7 karbonatomer, f. eks. 4-klorbutoksykarbonyl, phtali-midometoksykarbonyl, laverealkenyloksykarbonyl, f. eks. allyloksykarbonyl, eller i 2-stilling med laverealkylsulfonyl, cyano eller trisiibstituert silyl, som trilaverealkylsilyl eller trifenyl-silyl, substituert etoksykarbonyl, f. eks. 2-metylsulfonyl-etoksykarbonyl, 2-cyanoetoksykarbonyl, 2-trimetylsilyletoksykarbonyl eller 2-(di-n-butyl-metyl-silyl)-etoksykarbonyl. or two-halogen lower oxycarbonyl, in which the lower alkoxy contains 4-7 carbon atoms, e.g. 4-chlorobutoxycarbonyl, phthalimidomethoxycarbonyl, lower alkenyloxycarbonyl, e.g. allyloxycarbonyl, or in the 2-position with lower alkylsulfonyl, cyano or trisyl substituted silyl, such as trilower alkylsilyl or triphenylsilyl, substituted ethoxycarbonyl, e.g. 2-methylsulfonyl-ethoxycarbonyl, 2-cyanoethoxycarbonyl, 2-trimethylsilylethoxycarbonyl or 2-(di-n-butyl-methyl-silyl)-ethoxycarbonyl.
Videre i forestret form foreliggende beskyttede karboksylgrupper er tilsvarende organiske silyloksykarbonyl-, videre tilsvarende organiske stannyloksykarbonylgrupper. Disse Furthermore, protected carboxyl groups present in esterified form are corresponding organic silyloxycarbonyl, further corresponding organic stannyloxycarbonyl groups. These
inneholder silisium- resp. tinnatomer, fortrinnsvis lavere-contains silicon or tin atoms, preferably lower-
alkyl, spesielt metyl eller etyl, ..videre laverealkoksy, f. eks. metokgy, som substituenter. Egnede silyl- resp. stannylbe-skyttelsesgrupper er i .første rekke trilaverealkylsilyl, spesielt trimetylsilyl eller dimetyl-tert.-butylsilyl, eller tilsvarende substituerte stannylgrupper, f. eks. tri-n-butylstannyl. alkyl, especially methyl or ethyl, ..further lower alkoxy, e.g. metoky, as substituents. Suitable silyl resp. stannyl protecting groups are primarily lower alkylsilyl, especially trimethylsilyl or dimethyl-tert-butylsilyl, or correspondingly substituted stannyl groups, e.g. tri-n-butylstannyl.
En under fysilogiske betingelser spaltbare forestrede karboksylgrupper er i første rekke en acyloksymetoksykarbonyl-gruppe, hvori acyl f. eks. betyr resten av en organisk karboksylsyre, i første rekke en eventuelt substituert laverealkankarboksylsyre, eller hvori acyloksymetyl danner resten av et lakton, 1-laverealkoksylaverealkoksykarbonyl eller også 1-laverealkoksykarbonyloksy-laverealkoksykarbonyl, hvori laverealkyl f. eks. er metyl, propyl, butyl eller spesielt etyl, og laverealkoksy f. eks. er metoksy, etoksy, propoksy, eller butoksy. Slike grupper er f. eks. laverealkanoyloksymetylkarbonyl, f. eks. etoksymetoksykarbonyl eller pivaloyloksymetoksykarbonyl, aminolaverealkanoyloksymetoksykarbonyl, spesielt ct-aminolaverealkanoyloksymetoksykarbonyl, f. eks. glykoloksymetoksykarbonyl, L-valyloksymetoksykarbonyl, L-leucyloksymetoksykarbonyl, phtalidyloksykarbonyl, f. eks. 3-phtalidyloksykarbonyl, 4-krotono-lactonyl eller 4-butyrolacton-4-yl, indanyloksykarbonyl, f. eks. 5-indanyloksykarbonyl, 1-etoksykarbonyloksyetoksykarbonyl, metoksy-metoksykarbonyl eller 1-metoksyetoksykarbonyl. A cleavable esterified carboxyl group under physiological conditions is primarily an acyloxymethoxycarbonyl group, in which acyl e.g. means the residue of an organic carboxylic acid, primarily an optionally substituted lower alkane carboxylic acid, or in which acyloxymethyl forms the residue of a lactone, 1-lower alkyl-lower alkyloxycarbonyl or also 1-lower alkylcarbonyloxy-lower alkylcarbonyl, in which lower alkyl e.g. is methyl, propyl, butyl or especially ethyl, and lower alkoxy e.g. is methoxy, ethoxy, propoxy, or butoxy. Such groups are e.g. lower alkanoyloxymethylcarbonyl, e.g. ethoxymethoxycarbonyl or pivaloyloxymethoxycarbonyl, aminolower alkanoyloxymethoxycarbonyl, especially ct-aminoloweralkanoyloxymethoxycarbonyl, e.g. glycoloxymethoxycarbonyl, L-valyloxymethoxycarbonyl, L-leucyloxymethoxycarbonyl, phthalidyloxycarbonyl, e.g. 3-phthalidyloxycarbonyl, 4-crotono-lactonyl or 4-butyrolacton-4-yl, indanyloxycarbonyl, e.g. 5-indanyloxycarbonyl, 1-ethoxycarbonyloxyethoxycarbonyl, methoxy-methoxycarbonyl or 1-methoxyethoxycarbonyl.
I forbindelse med formel I kan en hydroksygruppeIn connection with formula I, a hydroxy group can
R^eksempelvis være beskyttet med acylrester. Egnede acyl-R^for example be protected with acyl residues. Suitable acyl-
rester er f. eks. eventuelt substituert laverealkanoyl, f. eks. acetyl- eller trif luoracetyl, eventuelt' substituert benzoyl, residues are e.g. optionally substituted lower alkanoyl, e.g. acetyl- or trifluoroacetyl, optionally substituted benzoyl,
f. eks. benzoyl, 4-nitro-benzoyl eller 2,4-dinitrobenzoyl, eventuelt substituert laverealkoksykarbonyl, eks. 2-brometoksy-karbonyl eller 2,2,2-trikloretoksykarbonyl eller eventuelt substituert fenyllaverealkoksykarbonyl, f. eks. 4-nitrobenzyloksykarbonyl. Ytterligere hydroksybeskyttelsesgrupper er f. eks. trisubstituert silyl, trilaverealkylsilyl, f. eks. trimetyl- e.g. benzoyl, 4-nitro-benzoyl or 2,4-dinitrobenzoyl, optionally substituted lower alkoxycarbonyl, e.g. 2-bromoethoxycarbonyl or 2,2,2-trichloroethoxycarbonyl or optionally substituted phenyl lavereal oxycarbonyl, e.g. 4-nitrobenzyloxycarbonyl. Further hydroxy protecting groups are e.g. trisubstituted silyl, trilower alkylsilyl, e.g. trimethyl-
silyl eller tert.-butyl-dimetylsilyl, 2-halogenalkylgrupper, f. eks. 2-klor-, 2-brom-, 2-jod- og 2,2,2-trikloretyl, og even- silyl or tert-butyl-dimethylsilyl, 2-haloalkyl groups, e.g. 2-chloro-, 2-bromo-, 2-iodo- and 2,2,2-trichloroethyl, and even
tuelt substituert 1-fenyllaverealkyl, som eventuelt med halo-tually substituted 1-phenyl lower alkyl, which optionally with halo-
gen, f. eks. klor, laverealkoksy, f. eks. metoksy eller nitro substituert benzyl. gene, e.g. chlorine, lower alkoxy, e.g. methoxy or nitro substituted benzyl.
Salter av forbindelser ifølge oppfinnelsen er i første rekke farmasøytiske anvendbare ikke-toksiske salter, Salts of compounds according to the invention are primarily pharmaceutical usable non-toxic salts,
som de av forbindelsene med formel I, hvori R2er hydroksy.such as those of the compounds of formula I wherein R 2 is hydroxy.
Slike salter er i første rekke metall- eller ammoniumsalter, som alkalimetall- og jordalkalimetall-, f. eks. natrium-, kalium-, magnesium- eller kalsiumsalter, samt ammoniumsalter med ammoniakk eller egnede organiske aminer, som laverealkylaminer, f. eks. trietylamin, hydroksylaverealkylaminer, f. eks. 2-hydroksyetyl-amin, bis-(2-hydroksyetyl)-amin, eller tris-(2-hydroksyetyl)-amin, basiske alifatiske estere av karboksylsyrer, f. eks. 4-aminobenzosyre-2-dietylaminoetylester, laverealkylenaminer, Such salts are primarily metal or ammonium salts, such as alkali metal and alkaline earth metal, e.g. sodium, potassium, magnesium or calcium salts, as well as ammonium salts with ammonia or suitable organic amines, such as lower alkyl amines, e.g. triethylamine, hydroxyl lower alkylamines, e.g. 2-hydroxyethylamine, bis-(2-hydroxyethyl)amine, or tris-(2-hydroxyethyl)amine, basic aliphatic esters of carboxylic acids, e.g. 4-aminobenzoic acid-2-diethylaminoethyl ester, lower alkylene amines,
f. eks. 1-etylpiperidin, cykloalkylaminer, f. eks. dicykloheksyl-aminer eller benzylaminer, f. eks. N,N'-dibenzyletylendiamin, dibenzylamin eller N-benzyl-8-fenetylamin. Forbindelse med formel I med en basisk gruppe, f. eks. slike hvori R^betyr amino, kan danne syreaddisjonssalter f. eks. med uorganiske syrer, som saltsyre, svovelsyre eller fosforsyre, eller med egnede organiske karboksyl- eller sulfonsyrer, f. eks. eddiksyre, ravsyre, fumarsyre, maleinsyre, vinsyre, oksalsyre, sitron-syre, bensosyre, mandelsyre, eplesyre, askorbinsyre, metan-sulfonsyre eller 4-toluensulfonsyre. Forbindelse med formel I med en sur og med en basisk gruppe, f. eks. slike hvori R^e.g. 1-ethylpiperidine, cycloalkylamines, e.g. dicyclohexylamines or benzylamines, e.g. N,N'-dibenzylethylenediamine, dibenzylamine or N-benzyl-8-phenethylamine. Compound of formula I with a basic group, e.g. those in which R^ means amino, can form acid addition salts, e.g. with inorganic acids, such as hydrochloric acid, sulfuric acid or phosphoric acid, or with suitable organic carboxylic or sulphonic acids, e.g. acetic acid, succinic acid, fumaric acid, maleic acid, tartaric acid, oxalic acid, citric acid, benzoic acid, mandelic acid, malic acid, ascorbic acid, methanesulfonic acid or 4-toluenesulfonic acid. Compound of formula I with an acidic and with a basic group, e.g. such in which R^
betyr amino, og R2betyr hydroksy, kan også foreligge i form av indre salter, dvs. i zwitterionisk form. means amino, and R2 means hydroxy, can also exist in the form of internal salts, i.e. in zwitterionic form.
I penemforbindelsen med formel I kan de to asymmetriske karbonatomer i 5- og 6-stilling foreligge i R-, S- eller den race-miske R,S-konfigurasjon. Foretrukket er forbindelsene hvori konfigurasjonen av 5-karbonatomer tilsvarer denne for naturlig penicillin {5R-konfigurasjon). Hydrogenatomene i 5- og 6-stilling kan stå i cis- eller fortrinnsvis i trans-stilling til hverandre. I den foretrukkede konfigurasjon inntar 6-hydroksy-metyl-substituenten S-konfigurasjon. In the penem compound of formula I, the two asymmetric carbon atoms in the 5- and 6-position can be present in R, S or the racemic R,S configuration. Preferred are the compounds in which the configuration of 5-carbon atoms corresponds to that of natural penicillin (5R configuration). The hydrogen atoms in the 5- and 6-position can be in the cis- or preferably in the trans-position to each other. In the preferred configuration, the 6-hydroxymethyl substituent assumes the S configuration.
Forbindelser ifølge oppfinnelsen har verdifulle farmakologiske egenskaper og kan anvendes som mellomprodukter til fremstilling av slike forbindelser med verdifulle farmakologiske egenskaper. Forbindelsen med formel I, hvori R^ betyr en aminogruppe, eller en eventuelt substituert metylenaminogruppe<*>A, R2betyr hydroksy eller sammen med karbonylgruppen en under fysiologiske betingelser spaltbar forestret karboksylgruppe, og R., er hydroksy, eller farmakologiske anvendbare salter av slike forbindelser med saltdannende grupper, har antibakterialle virkninger. Eksempelvis er de virksomme Compounds according to the invention have valuable pharmacological properties and can be used as intermediates for the production of such compounds with valuable pharmacological properties. The compound of formula I, in which R^ means an amino group, or an optionally substituted methylene amino group<*>A, R 2 means hydroxy or, together with the carbonyl group, an esterified carboxyl group cleavable under physiological conditions, and R., is hydroxy, or pharmacologically usable salts of such compounds with salt-forming groups, have antibacterial effects. For example, they are active
in vitro mot grampositive og gramnegative frembringere, f. eks. Staphylococcus aureus, Streptococcus pyogenes, Streptococcus pneumoniae, Streptococcus faecalis, Neisseria menigitidis, Neisseria gonorrhoeae, Enterobacteriaceae, Haemophilus influenzae, Pseudomonas aeruginosa og Bacterides sp. i minimal konsentrasjon på ca. 0,5 til ca. 64ug/ml. In vivo, ved den systemiske in-feksjon hos mus, f. eks. ved hjelp av Staphylococcus aureus eller Streptococcus pyogenes, gir det seg ved oral applikasjon in vitro against gram-positive and gram-negative organisms, e.g. Staphylococcus aureus, Streptococcus pyogenes, Streptococcus pneumoniae, Streptococcus faecalis, Neisseria menigitidis, Neisseria gonorrhoeae, Enterobacteriaceae, Haemophilus influenzae, Pseudomonas aeruginosa and Bacterides sp. in minimal concentration of approx. 0.5 to approx. 64 ug/ml. In vivo, in the case of systemic infection in mice, e.g. by means of Staphylococcus aureus or Streptococcus pyogenes, it is given by oral application
av forbindelsen ifølge oppfinnelsen en minimal virksom dosis- of the compound according to the invention a minimum effective dose-
område ..på ca. 0,65 til 3 mg/kg.area ..of approx. 0.65 to 3 mg/kg.
I følgende forsøksberetning vises ved hjelp av ut-valgte forbindelser virkningen av forbindelsen med formel I: Forsøksberetning: In the following test report, the effect of the compound with formula I is shown using selected compounds: Test report:
I. Undersøkte forbindelser.I. Compounds examined.
Det ble undersøkt en antibiotisk virkning av følgende forbindelser: 1. trans-2-(4-aminobutyl)-6-hydroksymetyl-penem-3-karboksylsyre (eksempel 19). 2. (5R,6S)-2-(4-aminobutyl)-6-hydroksymetyl-penem-3-karboksylsyre (eksempel 28). An antibiotic effect of the following compounds was investigated: 1. trans-2-(4-aminobutyl)-6-hydroxymethyl-penem-3-carboxylic acid (Example 19). 2. (5R,6S)-2-(4-aminobutyl)-6-hydroxymethyl-penem-3-carboxylic acid (Example 28).
II. Eksperimentelt:II. Experimentally:
A Den antibiotiske aktivitet av prøveforbindelsen in-vitro ble fastslått ved agarfortynningsmetoden ifølge Ericsson H.M., og Sherris, S,C. 1971, Acta Path. Microb. Scand. Section A The antibiotic activity of the test compound in vitro was determined by the agar dilution method according to Ericsson H.M., and Sherris, S,C. 1971, Acta Path. Microb. Scand. Section
B, suppl. No. 217, bd. 1-90, i DST-agar. Funnet minimalkonsen-trasjoner som ennå hemmer veksten av prøveorganismene (MIC= minimum inhibitory concentrations) angis i mikrogram pr. ml. B, suppl. No. 217, vol. 1-90, in DST agar. Minimum concentrations found that still inhibit the growth of the test organisms (MIC = minimum inhibitory concentrations) are stated in micrograms per ml.
(ug/ml) for de undersøkte forbindelser i tabell I.(ug/ml) for the investigated compounds in Table I.
B. Den chemoterapeutiske virkning in vivo mot systemiske infeksjoner hos hun SPF, MF2mus ble fastslått etter metoden av Zak, 0., et al., 1979, Drugs Exptl. Clin, Res. 5, 45-59. B. The chemotherapeutic effect in vivo against systemic infections in female SPF, MF2 mice was determined according to the method of Zak, 0., et al., 1979, Drugs Exptl. Clin, Res. 5, 45-59.
De funnede EDC -.-verdier i milligram stoff pr. kilogram mus (mg/kg) They found EDC values in milligrams of substance per kilogram mouse (mg/kg)
o u o u
for et antall mikroorganismer angir for de subkutant (s.c) resp. oralt (p.o.) appliserte prøveforbindelser i tabell 2. for a number of microorganisms indicates for the subcutaneous (s.c) resp. orally (p.o.) applied test compounds in Table 2.
III. Forsøksresultater:III. Test results:
De nye forbindelser kan derfor finne anvendelse som oralt eller parenteralt appliserbart^antibakterielle antibiotika, f. eks. i form av tilsvarende farmasøytiske prepa- The new compounds can therefore find use as orally or parenterally applicable antibacterial antibiotics, e.g. in the form of corresponding pharmaceutical preparations
rater til behandling av infeksjoner.rates for treatment of infections.
Forbindelser med formel I, hvori minst en av de tilstedeværende funksjonelle grupper foreligger i beskyttet form, idet en beskyttet karboksylgruppe er forskjellig fra en fysio-logisk spaltbar forestret karboksylgruppe, kan anvendes som mellomprodukter til fremstilling av de overnevnte farmakologiske virksomme forbindelser med formel I. Compounds of formula I, in which at least one of the functional groups present is in protected form, a protected carboxyl group being different from a physiologically cleavable esterified carboxyl group, can be used as intermediates for the preparation of the above-mentioned pharmacologically active compounds of formula I.
Oppfinnelsen vedrører spesielt forbindelse medThe invention relates in particular to connection with
formel I, hvori R^betyr amino, l-acyl-laverealk-l-en-2-yl-amino eller en mono- eller disubstituert metylenaminogruppe, R2betyr hydroksy eller sammen med karbohylgruppen en under fysiologiske betingelser spaltbar forestret karboksylgruppe, og R^er hydroksy, deres salter, eller optiske isomere og blandinger av deres optiske isomere, samt deres beskyttede derivater. formula I, in which R^ denotes amino, 1-acyl-lower alk-1-en-2-yl-amino or a mono- or disubstituted methylene amino group, R 2 denotes hydroxy or, together with the carboxyl group, an esterified carboxyl group cleavable under physiological conditions, and R^ is hydroxy, their salts, or optical isomers and mixtures of their optical isomers, as well as their protected derivatives.
Oppfinnelsen vedrører fremfor alt forbindelse med formel I, hvori R^ er amino, R,, betyr hydroksy, laverealkanoyloksymetoksy, aminolaverealkanoyloksymetoksy, phtalidyloksy, 4-krotonolaktonyloksy, 4-butyrolakton-4-yloksy, indanyloksy, 1-laverealkoksy-laverealkoksy eller 1-laverealkoksy-karbonyl-oksylaverealkoksy, og R^ er hydroksy, deres salter, spesielt deres farmasøytiske anvendbare salter, deres optiske isomere og blandinger av deres optiske isomere. The invention relates above all to a compound of formula I, in which R^ is amino, R,, means hydroxy, lower alkanoyloxymethoxy, aminoloweralkanoyloxymethoxy, phthalidyloxy, 4-crotonolactonyloxy, 4-butyrolacton-4-yloxy, indanyloxy, 1-loweralkoxy-loweralkoxy or 1-loweralkoxy -carbonyl-oxylavereal oxy, and R 1 is hydroxy, their salts, especially their pharmaceutically acceptable salts, their optical isomers and mixtures of their optical isomers.
Å fremheve er forbindelsen med formel I, hvori R^betyr amino, og R2betyr hydroksy og R^ betyr hydroksy, deres optiske isomere, spesielt 5R,6S-isomere, og deres farmasøytiske anvendbare salter. To be highlighted are the compounds of formula I, wherein R₂ is amino, and R₂ is hydroxy and R₂ is hydroxy, their optical isomers, especially 5R,6S isomers, and their pharmaceutically usable salts.
Oppfinnelsen'vedrører spesielt de i eksemplene nevnte forbindelser med formel I og deres farmasøytiske anvendbare salter. The invention relates in particular to the compounds of formula I mentioned in the examples and their pharmaceutically usable salts.
Forbindelsene ifølge oppfinnelsen fremstilles etter i og for seg kjente fremgangsmåter. The compounds according to the invention are produced according to methods known per se.
De nye forbindelser fremstilles idet de ringsluttes en ^Lid-forbindelse med formel The new compounds are prepared by ring-closing a ^Lid compound of formula
hvori R, betyr en beskyttet aminogruppe, Z betyr oksygen eller svovel, X' betyr enten en treganger substituert fosfonogruppe eller en toganger forestret fosfonogruppe sammen med et kation, wherein R, means a protected amino group, Z means oxygen or sulphur, X' means either a triply substituted phosphono group or a doubly esterified phosphono group together with a cation,
Rj2 \ har overnevnte betydning, og R^ betyr en eventuelt beskyttet" hydroksygruppe, og hvis ønsket eller nødvendig overføres i en dannet forbindelse med formel I en beskyttet aminogruppe R^ til den fri eller til en annen beskyttet aminogruppe R^og/eller hvis ønskelig i en oppnådd forbindelse med formel I overføres en beskyttet karboksylgruppe -C(=0)-R2i en fri eller i en annen beskyttet karboksylgruppe -C(=0)-R2, og/eller hvis ønskelig overføres i en dannet forbindelse med formel I, hvori R^Rj2\ has the above-mentioned meaning, and R^ means an optionally protected" hydroxy group, and if desired or necessary a protected amino group R^ is transferred in a formed compound of formula I to the free or to another protected amino group R^ and/or if desired in an obtained compound of formula I, a protected carboxyl group -C(=0)-R2 is transferred into a free or in another protected carboxyl group -C(=0)-R2, and/or if desired transferred in a formed compound of formula I, in which R^
betyr amino, R^til en substituert aminogruppe, og/eller hvis nødvendig overføres en beskyttet hydroksygruppe R^ til den fri hydroksygruppe R^, eller en fri hydroksygruppe R^til en beskyttet hydroksygruppe R3 og/eller hvis ønsket, overføres en dannet forbindelse med saltdannende grupper til et salt, eller et dannet salt til den fri forbindelse eller til et annet salt, og/eller hvis ønskelig oppdeles en dannet blanding av isomere forbindelser i de enkelte isomere. means amino, R^ to a substituted amino group, and/or if necessary a protected hydroxy group R^ is transferred to the free hydroxy group R^, or a free hydroxy group R^ to a protected hydroxy group R3 and/or if desired, a formed compound is transferred with salt-forming groups to a salt, or a formed salt to the free compound or to another salt, and/or if desired, a formed mixture of isomeric compounds is divided into the individual isomers.
En gruppe X i utgangsmaterialet med formel II erA group X in the starting material of formula II is
en av de ved Wi.tti.g-kondensasjonsreaksjonene vanlige fosfonio-eller fosfonogrupper, spesielt en triaryl-, f. eks. trifenyl-, eller trllaverealkyl-, f. eks. tri-n-butylfosfoniogruppe, eller en med laverealkyl, f. eks. etyl, toganger forestret fosfonogruppe, idet symbolet X (8 for tilfellet fosfonogruppen i tillegg one of the phosphonio or phosphono groups common in Wi.tti.g condensation reactions, especially a triaryl, e.g. triphenyl-, or trilaverealkyl-, e.g. tri-n-butylphosphonio group, or one with lower alkyl, e.g. ethyl, doubly esterified phosphono group, the symbol X (8 for the case of the phosphono group in addition
inneholder kationet av en sterk base, spesielt et egnet metall-sora alkalimetall-, f. eks. litium-, natrium- eller kalium-ioner.<Foretrukket som gruppe X er på den ene siden tri-fenylfosfonio, og på den annen side dietylfosfono sammen med et alkalimetall-, f. eks. natriumion. contains the cation of a strong base, especially a suitable metal-sora alkali metal-, e.g. lithium, sodium or potassium ions. <Preferred as group X is on the one hand tri-phenylphosphono, and on the other hand diethylphosphono together with an alkali metal, e.g. sodium ion.
Ylid-forbindelsene med formel II betegnes i den The ylide compounds of formula II are designated therein
^ isomere Ylen-form også som fosforan-forbindelser. I fosfonio-forbindelse med formel II nøytraliseres den negative ladning, ^ isomeric Ylene form also as phosphorane compounds. In the phosphonium compound of formula II, the negative charge is neutralized,
den positivt ladede fosfoniogruppe. I fosfono-forbindelsen med formel II nøytraliseres den negative ladning med kationet av en sterk base, som alt etter fremstillingsmåte av fosfono-utgangsmaterialet, f. eks. kan være et alkalimetall-, f. eks. natrium-, litium- eller kaliumion. Fosfono-utgangsstoffer anvendes derfor som salter i reaksjonen. the positively charged phosphonium group. In the phosphono compound of formula II, the negative charge is neutralized with the cation of a strong base, which, depending on the method of preparation of the phosphono starting material, e.g. can be an alkali metal, e.g. sodium, lithium or potassium ion. Phosphono starting materials are therefore used as salts in the reaction.
Ringslutningen kan foregå spontant, dvs. ved fremstilling av utgangsstoffer eller ved oppavrming, f. eks. i et The ring closure can take place spontaneously, i.e. during the production of starting substances or during heating, e.g. in a
temperaturområde på ca. 30 til 160°C, fortrinnsvis på ca. 50° til 100°C. Reaksjonen gjennomføres fortrinnsvis i et egnet inert oppløsningsmiddel, som i et alifatisk, sykloalifatisk eller aromatisk hydrokarbon, f. eks. heksan, sykloheksan, bensen eller toluen, et halogenert hydrokarbon, f. eks. metylenklorid, en eter f. eks. dietyleter, dimetoksyetan, eller dietylenglykol-dimetyleter, en syklisk eter, f. eks. dioksan eller tetrahydrofuran, et karboksylsyreamid, f. eks. dimetylformamid, et di-laverealkylsulfoksyd, f. eks. dimetylsufoksyd eller en laverealkanol, f. eks. metanol,.etanol eller tert.-butanol eller i en blanding herav, og hvis nødvendig i inert gass, f. eks. nitrogenatmosfære. temperature range of approx. 30 to 160°C, preferably at approx. 50° to 100°C. The reaction is preferably carried out in a suitable inert solvent, such as in an aliphatic, cycloaliphatic or aromatic hydrocarbon, e.g. hexane, cyclohexane, benzene or toluene, a halogenated hydrocarbon, e.g. methylene chloride, an ether e.g. diethyl ether, dimethoxyethane, or diethylene glycol dimethyl ether, a cyclic ether, e.g. dioxane or tetrahydrofuran, a carboxylic acid amide, e.g. dimethylformamide, a di-lower alkyl sulfoxide, e.g. dimethylsulfoxide or a lower alkanol, e.g. methanol, ethanol or tert-butanol or in a mixture thereof, and if necessary in inert gas, e.g. nitrogen atmosphere.
En utgangsforbindelse med formel II, hvori X ø er en fosfonogruppe sammen med kation, fremstilles fortrinnsvis in situ, idet en forbindelse med formel A starting compound of formula II, in which X ø is a phosphono group together with a cation, is preferably prepared in situ, whereas a compound of formula
hvoriX<1>betyr en fosfonogruppe behandlet med et egnet basisk reagens som en uorganisk base, f. eks. et alkalimetallkarbonat, wherein X<1>means a phosphono group treated with a suitable basic reagent such as an inorganic base, e.g. an alkali metal carbonate,
som natrium- eller kaliumkarbonat, eller en organisk base,such as sodium or potassium carbonate, or an organic base,
som et trilaverealkylamin, f. eks. trietylamin, eller en syklisk base a<y>amidintypen, som et tilsvarende diazabisykloalkenfor-bindelse, f. eks. 1,5-diazabisyklo^~5.4.0/undec-5-en. as a tri-lower alkylamine, e.g. triethylamine, or a cyclic base of the amidine type, as a corresponding diazabicycloalkene compound, e.g. 1,5-diazabicyclo^~5.4.0/undec-5-ene.
Fortrinnsvis anvendes slike utgangsmaterialer med formel II, som fører til de innledningsvis som spesielt foretrukkede nevnte forbindelser med formel I, eksempelvis forbindelse med formel II som har en 3S,4R-konfigurasjon. Preferably, starting materials of formula II are used, which lead to the initially particularly preferred compounds of formula I, for example compound of formula II which has a 3S,4R configuration.
Til fremstilling av forbindelse med formel I som inneholder en fri aminogruppe R^og/eller en fri karboksylgruppe -C(=0)-R2og/eller fri hydroksygruppe R^, anvendes fortrinnsvis slike hydroksy-, amino- og/eller karboksylbeskyttelsesgrupper som lar seg spalte i et reaksjonstrinn, eksempelvis reduktivt, For the preparation of a compound of formula I which contains a free amino group R^ and/or a free carboxyl group -C(=O)-R2 and/or free hydroxy group R^, such hydroxy, amino and/or carboxyl protecting groups are preferably used that allow split in a reaction step, for example reductive,
som hydrogenolytisk.as hydrogenolytic.
I en ifølge oppfinnelsen oppnådd forbindelse medIn a connection obtained according to the invention with
formel I med en beskyttet aminogruppe R^, kan denne på i og for seg kjent måte f, eks. alt etter typen av beskyttelsesgruppe fortrinnsvis ved hjelp av solvolyse eller reduksjon overføres i den fri aminogruppe R^. Eksempelvis kan 2-halogenlavere-alkoksykarbonylamino (eventuelt etter omdannelse av en 2-brom-laverealkoksykarbonylaminogruppe til en 2-jodlaverealkoksy-karbonylaminogruppe), aroylmetoksykarbonylamino eller 4-nitro-bensyloksykarbonylamino spaltes ved behandling med et egnet kjemisk reduksjonsmiddel som sink i nærvær av egnet karboksyl- formula I with a protected amino group R^, this can in a manner known per se f, e.g. depending on the type of protecting group, preferably by means of solvolysis or reduction is transferred in the free amino group R^. For example, 2-halogen-lower-alkoxycarbonylamino (possibly after conversion of a 2-bromo-lower-alkoxycarbonylamino group to a 2-iodo-lower-alkoxy-carbonylamino group), aroylmethoxycarbonylamino or 4-nitro-benzyloxycarbonylamino can be cleaved by treatment with a suitable chemical reducing agent such as zinc in the presence of suitable carboxy-
syre som vandig eddiksyre eller katalytisk med hydrogen i nærvær av en palladiumkatalysator. Aroylmetoksykarbonylamino kan også spaltes ved behandling med et nukleofilt, fortrinnsvis saltdannende reagens, som natriumtiofenolat, og 4-nitrobenzyl-oksykarbonylamino også ved behandling med et alkalimetall- acid such as aqueous acetic acid or catalytically with hydrogen in the presence of a palladium catalyst. Aroylmethoxycarbonylamino can also be cleaved by treatment with a nucleophilic, preferably salt-forming reagent, such as sodium thiophenolate, and 4-nitrobenzyloxycarbonylamino also by treatment with an alkali metal-
f. eks. natriumditionit. Eventuelt substituert bensyloksykarbonyl-amino kan f. eks. spaltes ved hjelp av hydrogenolyse, f. eks. e.g. sodium dithionite. Optionally substituted benzyloxycarbonylamino can e.g. split using hydrogenolysis, e.g.
ved behandling med hydrogen i nærvær av en egnet hydrogeneringskatalysator, som en palladiumkatalysator og aryloksykarbonyl-amino ved omsetning med en forbindelse av palladium, f. eks. tetrakis(trifenylfosfin)palladium, i nærvær av trifenylfosfin og behandling med karboksylsyre, f. eks. 2-etylheksansyre eller et salt herav. I en med en organisk silyl- eller stannylgruppe by treatment with hydrogen in the presence of a suitable hydrogenation catalyst, such as a palladium catalyst and aryloxycarbonylamino by reaction with a compound of palladium, e.g. tetrakis(triphenylphosphine)palladium, in the presence of triphenylphosphine and treatment with carboxylic acid, e.g. 2-ethylhexanoic acid or a salt thereof. In one with an organic silyl or stannyl group
beskyttet aminogruppe kan f. eks. frigjøres ved hjelp av hydrolyse eller alkoholyse, én med 2-halogenlaverealkanoyl, protected amino group can e.g. released by hydrolysis or alcoholysis, one with 2-halolower alkanoyl,
f. eks. 2-kloracetyl beskyttet aminogruppe frigjøres ved behandling med tiourinstoff i nærvær av en base eller med et tiolatsalt som et alkalimetalltiolat av tiourinstoff og etter-følgende solvolyse som alkoholyse eller hydrolyse av det dannede kondensasjonsprodukt. En med 2-substituert silyletoksykarbonyl beskyttet aminogruppe kan ved behandling med et fluoridanion leverende salt av fluorhydrogensyre som et alkali-metallfluorid, f. eks. natriumfluorid, i nærvær,.av en makro-molekylisk polyeter ("kroneter") eller med et fluorid av en organisk kvaternær base, som tetralaverealkylammoniumfluorid, e.g. The 2-chloroacetyl protected amino group is released by treatment with thiourea in the presence of a base or with a thiolate salt such as an alkali metal thiolate of thiourea and subsequent solvolysis such as alcoholysis or hydrolysis of the formed condensation product. A 2-substituted silylethoxycarbonyl protected amino group can, by treatment with a fluoride anion-yielding salt of hydrofluoric acid such as an alkali metal fluoride, e.g. sodium fluoride, in the presence of a macromolecular polyether ("crown ether") or with a fluoride of an organic quaternary base, such as tetralower alkylammonium fluoride,
f. eks. tetraetylammoniumfluorid overføres i den fri aminogruppe. En i form av en azido- eller nitrogruppe beskyttet aminogruppe overføres f. eks. ved reduksjon til fritt amino, eksempelvis ved katalytisk hydrogenering med hydrogen i nærvær e.g. tetraethylammonium fluoride is transferred in the free amino group. An amino group protected in the form of an azido or nitro group is transferred, e.g. by reduction to free amino, for example by catalytic hydrogenation with hydrogen in the presence
av en hydrogeneringskatalysator som platinaoksyd, palladium eller Raney-nikkel, eller ved behandling med sink i nærvær av en by a hydrogenation catalyst such as platinum oxide, palladium or Raney nickel, or by treatment with zinc in the presence of a
syre som eddiksyre. En i form av.en phtalimidogruppe beskyttet aminogruppe, kan ved omsetning med hydrazin overføres i den fri aminogruppe. Videre kan en aryltioaminogruppe ved behandling med et nukleofilt reagens som svovelsyrling omdannes til amino. acid such as acetic acid. An amino group protected in the form of a phthalimido group can be transferred into the free amino group by reaction with hydrazine. Furthermore, an arylthioamino group can be converted to amino by treatment with a nucleophilic reagent such as sulfuric acid.
Videre kan en fri aminogruppe R^på i og for seg kjent måte overføres i en substituert aminogruppe. Således kan eksempelvis amino ved omsetning med tilsvarende acylhalogenid som -klorid overføres til acylamino R^, og med et 3-dikarbonylforbindelse som en 1-laverealkanoylaceton eller et:, aceteddiksyrelaverealkylester til 1-laverealkanoyl- resp. l-laverealkoksykarbonylprop-l-en-2-ylamino. Omdannelsene av aminogrupper i amidino-, guanidino-, isourinstoff-, isotio-urinstof f-, imidoeter- og imidotioetergrupper, kan eksempelvis gjennomføres etter en av de i det tyske Offenlegungsschrift nr. Furthermore, a free amino group R^ can be transferred in a manner known per se into a substituted amino group. Thus, for example, amino by reaction with a corresponding acyl halide such as -chloride can be transferred to acylamino R^, and with a 3-dicarbonyl compound such as a 1-lower alkanoylacetone or a:, acetoacetic acid lower alkyl ester to 1-lower alkanoyl resp. 1-lower oxycarbonylprop-1-en-2-ylamino. The conversions of amino groups into amidino, guanidino, isourea, isothiourea, imidoether and imidothioether groups can, for example, be carried out according to one of those in the German Offenlegungsschrift no.
26 52 679 nevnte fremgangsmåte. Således kan eksempelvis forbindelse med formel I hvori R^betyr amino ved omsetning med trimetylsilylklorid og et imidohalogenid med formel £ (X,, Y,) C=X2_/ Y2 , hvori Y1betyr halogen, f. eks. klor, og Y2et anion, f. eks. klorid overføres til amidiner og ved omsetning med et substituert isourinstoff resp. isotiourinstoff med formel (X1Y3)C=X2, hvori Y^ betyr laverealkoksy eller laverealkyltio overføres i guanidiner. 26 52 679 said method. Thus, for example, a compound of formula I in which R^ means amino by reaction with trimethylsilyl chloride and an imido halide of formula £ (X,, Y,) C=X2_/ Y2 , in which Y1 means halogen, e.g. chlorine, and Y2et anion, e.g. chloride is transferred to amidines and by reaction with a substituted isourea resp. isothiourea of formula (X1Y3)C=X2, in which Y^ means lower alkoxy or lower alkylthio is transferred in guanidines.
En ifølge fremgangsmåten oppnådd forbindelse med formel I hvori R2betyr en rest R<A>2som sammen med karbonylgruppen -C(=0)- danner en beskyttet karboksylgruppe, kan på i og for seg kjent måte overføres til en forbindelse med formel I, hvori R2betyr hydroksy. Således kan tert.-laverealkoksykarbonyl eller i 2-stilling med en trisubstituert silylgruppe eller i I-stilling med laverealkoksy substituert laverealkoksykarbonyl eller eventuelt substituert<:>.fenylmetoksykarbonyl, f. eks. ved behandling med en karboksylsyre som maursyre eller trifluoreddiksyre, eventuelt under tilsetning av en nukleofil forbindelse som fenol eller anisol, overføres til fritt karboksyl. Eventulle substituerte benzyloksykarbonyl kan f. eks. spaltes ved hjelp av hydrogenolyse, dvs. ved behandling med hydrogen i nærvær av en metallisk hydrogeneringskatalysator som en palladium" ~~ katalysator. Videre kan egnet substituert benzyloksykarbonyl som 4-nitrobenzyloksykarbonyl også overføres til fritt karboksyl ved hjelp av kjemisk reduksjon, f. eks. ved behandling med et alkalimetall-, f. eks. natriumditionit, eller med redusert metall, f. eks. tinn eller metallsalt, som et krom-II-salt, A compound of formula I obtained according to the method in which R2 means a residue R<A>2 which, together with the carbonyl group -C(=0)- forms a protected carboxyl group, can be transferred in a manner known per se to a compound of formula I, in which R2 means hydroxy. Thus, tert.-lower alkoxycarbonyl or in the 2-position with a trisubstituted silyl group or in the I-position with lower alkoxy substituted lower alkoxycarbonyl or optionally substituted <:>.phenylmethoxycarbonyl, e.g. by treatment with a carboxylic acid such as formic acid or trifluoroacetic acid, optionally with the addition of a nucleophilic compound such as phenol or anisole, is transferred to free carboxyl. Any substituted benzyloxycarbonyl can e.g. is cleaved by means of hydrogenolysis, i.e. by treatment with hydrogen in the presence of a metallic hydrogenation catalyst such as a palladium catalyst. Furthermore, suitable substituted benzyloxycarbonyl such as 4-nitrobenzyloxycarbonyl can also be transferred to free carboxyl by means of chemical reduction, e.g. by treatment with an alkali metal, e.g., sodium dithionite, or with a reduced metal, e.g., tin or metal salt, such as a chromium II salt,
f. eks. krom-II-klorid, vanligvis i nærvær av et hydrogenav-givende middel, som sammen med metallene formår å frembringe en naskerende hydrogen som en egnet karboksylsyre, f. eks. en eventuelt f. eks. med hydroksy substituert laverealkankarboksylsyre, f. eks. eddiksyre, maursyre eller glykolsyre, eller en alkohol eller tiol, idet man fortrinnsvis tilsetter vann. Avspaltningen av en allylbeskyttelsesgruppe kan f. eks. foregå ved omsetning med en forbindelse av palladium, f. eks. tetrakis(trifenylfosfin)palladium, i nærvær av trifenylfosfin og under tilsetning av en karboksylsyre, f. eks. 2-etylheksansyre, eller et salt herav. Ved behandling med et reduserende metall eller metallsalt, som nevnt ovenfor, kan også 2-halogenlaverealkoksykarbonyl (eventuelt etter omdannelse av en 2-brom-laverealkoksykarbonylgruppe til en tilsvarende 2-jodlaverealkok-sykarbonylgruppe), eller aroylmetoksykarbonyl omdannes til fritt e.g. chromium II chloride, usually in the presence of a hydrogen-releasing agent, which together with the metals manages to produce a nascent hydrogen as a suitable carboxylic acid, e.g. a possibly e.g. with hydroxy substituted lower alkane carboxylic acid, e.g. acetic acid, formic acid or glycolic acid, or an alcohol or thiol, preferably adding water. The removal of an allyl protecting group can e.g. take place by reaction with a compound of palladium, e.g. tetrakis(triphenylphosphine)palladium, in the presence of triphenylphosphine and with the addition of a carboxylic acid, e.g. 2-ethylhexanoic acid, or a salt thereof. By treatment with a reducing metal or metal salt, as mentioned above, 2-halo-lower oxycarbonyl (possibly after conversion of a 2-bromo-lower oxycarbonyl group to a corresponding 2-iodo-lower oxycarbonyl group), or aroylmethoxycarbonyl can also be converted to free
karboksyl, idet aroylmetoksykarbonyl likeledes spaltes ved behandling med et nukleofilt fortrinnsvis saltdannende reagens som natriumtiofenolat eller natriumjodid. Substituert 2-silyletoksykarbonyl kan også ved behandling med et fluoridanion leverende salt av fluorhydrogensyre, som et alkalimetall-fluorid, f. eks. natriumfluorid i nærvær av et makrosyklisk polyeter ("kroneter") eller med en fluorid av en organisk kvaternær base som tetralaverealkylammoniumfluorid, f. eks. tetraetylammoniumfluorid overføres til fritt karboksyl. Med en organisk silyl- eller stannylgruppe som trilaverealkylsilyl eller -stannyl, forestret karbokyl kan på vanlig måte frigjøres solvolytisk, f. eks. ved behandling med vann eller en alkohol. carboxyl, aroylmethoxycarbonyl being likewise cleaved by treatment with a nucleophilic preferably salt-forming reagent such as sodium thiophenolate or sodium iodide. Substituted 2-silylethoxycarbonyl can also, by treatment with a fluoride anion-yielding salt of hydrofluoric acid, such as an alkali metal fluoride, e.g. sodium fluoride in the presence of a macrocyclic polyether ("crown ether") or with a fluoride of an organic quaternary base such as tetralower alkylammonium fluoride, e.g. tetraethylammonium fluoride is transferred to free carboxyl. With an organic silyl or stannyl group such as tri-lower alkylsilyl or -stannyl, esterified carboxyl can be liberated solvolytically in the usual way, e.g. by treatment with water or an alcohol.
En i 2-stilling med laverealkylsulfonyl eller cyano substituert laverealkoksykarbonylgruppe kan overføres i fritt karboksyl, A lower alkylsulfonyl or cyano-substituted lower alkoxycarbonyl group in the 2-position can be transferred into free carboxyl,
f. eks. ved behandling med et basisk middel som et alkalimetall-eller jordalkalimetallhydroksyd eller -karbonat, f. eks. natrium- e.g. by treatment with a basic agent such as an alkali metal or alkaline earth metal hydroxide or carbonate, e.g. sodium
eller kaliumhydroksyd eller natrium- eller kaliumkarbonat.or potassium hydroxide or sodium or potassium carbonate.
På den annen side kan også forbindelse med formelOn the other hand can also connection with formula
I hvori R_ betyr hydroksy overføres til forbindelse med formel I, hvori R2betyr en rest R., som sammen med karbonylgruppen In which R_ means hydroxy is transferred to the compound of formula I, in which R2 means a residue R., which together with the carbonyl group
-C(=0)- danner en beskyttet karboksylgruppe spesielt en foretret karboksylgruppe. Således kan den fri karboksylgruppe forestres f. eks. ved behandling med en egnet diazoforbindelse som et diazolaverealkan, f. eks. diazometan, eller et fenyldiazo-laverealkan, f. eks. difenyldiazometan, hvis nødvendig i nærvær av en Lewissyre, som f. eks-, bortrifluorid eller ved omsetning med en til forestring egnet alkohol i nærvær av et forestringsmiddel som et karbodiimid, f. eks. disykloheksylkarbodiimid samt karbonyldiimidazol. Esetere kan også fremstilles ved omsetning av et eventuelt in situ fremstillet salt av syren med en reaksjonsdyktig ester av alkoholen og en sterk uorganisk syre som svovelsyre eller en sterk organisk sulfonsyre som 4-toluensulfonsyre. Videre kan syrehalogenider. som klorider (fremstillet f. eks. ved behandling med oksalylklorid), aktiverte estere (dannet f. eks. med N-hydroksynitrogenforbindelser som N-hydroksysuccinimid) eller blandede anhydrider (dannet f. eks. med halpgenmaursyre-laverealkylestere, som klormaursyreetyl- -C(=0)- forms a protected carboxyl group, especially an etherified carboxyl group. Thus, the free carboxyl group can be esterified, e.g. by treatment with a suitable diazo compound such as a diazole veralkane, e.g. diazomethane, or a phenyldiazo-lower alkane, e.g. diphenyldiazomethane, if necessary in the presence of a Lewis acid, such as e.g., boron trifluoride or by reaction with an alcohol suitable for esterification in the presence of an esterification agent such as a carbodiimide, e.g. dicyclohexylcarbodiimide and carbonyldiimidazole. Esters can also be prepared by reacting a possibly in situ produced salt of the acid with a reactive ester of the alcohol and a strong inorganic acid such as sulfuric acid or a strong organic sulphonic acid such as 4-toluenesulphonic acid. Furthermore, acid halides can. as chlorides (prepared e.g. by treatment with oxalyl chloride), activated esters (formed e.g. with N-hydroxynitrogen compounds such as N-hydroxysuccinimide) or mixed anhydrides (formed e.g. with hemigenformic acid lower alkyl esters, such as chloroformic ethyl
eller klormausyreisobutylester, eller med halogeneddiksyre-halogenider som trikloracetylklorid) ved omsetning med alkoholer, eventuelt i nærvær av en base som pyridin, overføres i en forestret karboksylgruppe. or chloroformic acid isobutyl ester, or with haloacetic acid halides such as trichloroacetyl chloride) by reaction with alcohols, possibly in the presence of a base such as pyridine, is transferred in an esterified carboxyl group.
I en forbindelse med formel I med en forestret karboksylgruppe kan denne overføres i en annen forestret karboksylgruppe, f. eks. 2-kloretoksykarbonyl eller 2-brom-etoksykarbonyl ved behandling med et jodsalt, f. eks. natriumjodid til 2-jodetoksykarbonyl. Videre kan i forbindelse med formel I som inneholder en i forestret form beskyttet karbonyl-gruppe, karboksylgruppen avspaltes som nevnt ovenfor, og en dannet forbindelse med formel I med en fri karboksylgruppe eller et salt herav, ved omsetning med den reaksjonsdyktige ester av en tilsvarende alkohol overføres til en forbindelse med formel I, hvori A sammen med karbonylgruppen danner en under fysiologiske betingélser spaltbar forestret karboksylgruppe^. 1 ifølge fremgangsmåten oppnådde forbindelser med formel I, hvori R^ betyr en beskyttet hydroksygruppe, kan denne på i og for seg kjent måte overføres til en fri hydroksygruppe R^. Eksempelvis frigjøres en med en egnet acylgruppe eller en organisk silyl- eller stannylgruppe beskyttet hydroksygruppe, som en tilsvarende beskyttet aminogruppe. En 2-halogenlavere-alkylgruppe og en eventuelt substituert benzylgruppe avspaltes reduktivt. In a compound of formula I with an esterified carboxyl group, this can be transferred into another esterified carboxyl group, e.g. 2-chloroethoxycarbonyl or 2-bromoethoxycarbonyl by treatment with an iodine salt, e.g. sodium iodide to 2-iodoethoxycarbonyl. Furthermore, in connection with formula I which contains a carbonyl group protected in esterified form, the carboxyl group can be cleaved off as mentioned above, and a formed compound of formula I with a free carboxyl group or a salt thereof, by reaction with the reactive ester of a corresponding alcohol is transferred to a compound of formula I, in which A together with the carbonyl group forms an esterified carboxyl group that can be split under physiological conditions. 1 compounds of formula I obtained according to the method, in which R^ means a protected hydroxy group, this can be transferred in a manner known per se to a free hydroxy group R^. For example, a hydroxy group protected with a suitable acyl group or an organic silyl or stannyl group is released as a correspondingly protected amino group. A 2-halogen lower alkyl group and an optionally substituted benzyl group are cleaved off reductively.
Videre kan en ifølge fremgangsmåten oppnådd forbindelse med formel I, hvori R^betyr hydroksy på i og for seg kjent måte overføres til en forbindelse med formel I,-hvori R^ betyr en beskyttet hydroksygruppe. Således kan hydroksy ved omsetning med en acylhalogenid, f. eks. et halogenid som kloridet en eventuelt substituert laverealkankarboksylsyre, eventuelt substituert benzosyre eller en eventuelt substituert laverealkyl- eller fenyllaverealkylhalvester av karbonsyren overføres til en eventuelt substituert laverealkanoyloksy, benzoyloksy, laverealkoksykarbonyloksy eller fenyllaverealkoksykarbonyloksy. Videre kan man ved omsetning med trisubstituerte silylhalogenid resp. eventuelt substituert 1-fenyllaverealkylhalogenid fåes forbindelse med formel I, hvori R^betyr trisubstituert silyloksy Furthermore, a compound of formula I obtained according to the method, in which R^ means hydroxy, can be transferred in a manner known per se to a compound of formula I, in which R^ means a protected hydroxy group. Thus, hydroxy by reaction with an acyl halide, e.g. a halide such as the chloride of an optionally substituted lower alkanecarboxylic acid, optionally substituted benzoic acid or an optionally substituted lower alkyl or phenyl lower alkyl half-ester of the carboxylic acid is transferred to an optionally substituted lower alkanoyloxy, benzoyloxy, lower alkoxycarbonyloxy or phenylloweralkoxycarbonyloxy. Furthermore, by reacting with trisubstituted silyl halides or optionally substituted 1-phenyl lower alkyl halide, a compound of formula I is obtained, in which R^ means trisubstituted silyloxy
resp. eventuelt substituert 1-fenyllaverealkoksy.respectively optionally substituted 1-phenyl lower real oxy.
Salter av forbindelse med formel I med saltdannende grupper kan fremstilles på i og for seg kjent måte. Således kan man danne salter av forbindelse med formel I med en fri karboksylgruppe, f. eks. ved behandling med metallforbindelser, som alkalimetallsalter av egnede organiske karboksylsyrer, Salts of compounds of formula I with salt-forming groups can be prepared in a manner known per se. Thus, one can form salts of compounds of formula I with a free carboxyl group, e.g. by treatment with metal compounds, such as alkali metal salts of suitable organic carboxylic acids,
f. eks. natriumsaltet av a-etylkapronsyre eller med uorganiske alkali- eller jordalkalimetallsalter, f. eks. natriumhydrogen-karbonat eller med ammoniakk eller med et egnet organisk amid, idet man fortrinnsvis anvender støkiometriske mengder eller bare et lite overskudd av det saltdannende middel. Syreaddisjonssalter av forbindelse med formel I får man på tilsvarende måte, f. eks. ved behandling med en egnet syre, eller et egnet ioneutvekslerreagens. Indre salter av forbindelse med formel e.g. the sodium salt of α-ethylcaproic acid or with inorganic alkali or alkaline earth metal salts, e.g. sodium hydrogen carbonate or with ammonia or with a suitable organic amide, preferably using stoichiometric amounts or only a small excess of the salt-forming agent. Acid addition salts of compounds with formula I are obtained in a similar way, e.g. by treatment with a suitable acid, or a suitable ion exchange reagent. Inner salts of compound of formula
I hvori f. eks. betyr amino og R2betyr hydroksy, kan f. eks. In which e.g. means amino and R2 means hydroxy, can e.g.
dannes ved nøytralisering av salter som syreaddisjonssalter formed by neutralization of salts such as acid addition salts
til det isoelektriske punkt, f. eks. ved svake baser, eller ved behandling med ioneutvekslere. to the isoelectric point, e.g. with weak bases, or when treated with ion exchangers.
Salter kan på vanlig måte overføres i de fri forbindelser, metall- og ammoniumsalter, f. eks. ved behandling med egnede syrer, eller syreaddisjonsalter ved behandling med et egnet basisk middel. Salts can normally be transferred in the free compounds, metal and ammonium salts, e.g. by treatment with suitable acids, or acid addition salts by treatment with a suitable basic agent.
Dannede blandinger av isomere kan etter i og for seg kjente metoder oppdeles i de enkelte isomere, blandinger av diastereomere isomere, f. eks. ved fraksjonert krystallisering, adsorpsjonskromatografi (kolonne- eller tynnsjikt-kromatografi) eller andre egnede skillefremgangsmåter. Formed mixtures of isomers can be divided according to methods known per se into the individual isomers, mixtures of diastereomeric isomers, e.g. by fractional crystallization, adsorption chromatography (column or thin-layer chromatography) or other suitable separation methods.
Spaltningen av dannede racemater i deres optiske antipoder kan foregå på forskjellig måte. The cleavage of formed racemates into their optical antipodes can take place in different ways.
En av disse måter består i at et racemat omsettes med et optisk aktivt hjelpestoff, den derved dannede blanding av to diastereomere forbindelser skilles ved hjelp av egnede fysikalsk—kjemiske metoder, og de enkelte diastereomere forbindelser kan spaltes i de optiske aktive forbindelser. One of these ways consists in reacting a racemate with an optically active auxiliary substance, the resulting mixture of two diastereomeric compounds is separated using suitable physico-chemical methods, and the individual diastereomeric compounds can be split into the optically active compounds.
TiX. skilling i antipoder spesielt egnede racemater er slike som.har en aur gruppe, som f. eks. racemater av for-lunde Ise med formel £, h<y>ori R2er hydroksy. Disse sure racemater kan omaettea med optisk aktive baser, f. eks. estere av optiske aktive aminosyrer, eller (-)-brucin, (+)-chinidin, (-)-kinin, (+)-cinchonin, (+)-dehydroabietylamin, )+)- og (-)-ephedrin, (+)- og (-)-1-fenyl-etylamin eller deres N-mono-eller N,N-dialkylerte derivater til blandinger bestående av to diastereomere salter. I racemater inneholdende karboksylgruppe kan denne karboksylgruppe også være forestret eller forestres med en optisk aktiv alkohol som (-)-mentol, (+)-borneol, (+)- eller (-)-2-oktanol, hvorpå etter foretatte isolering av den ønskede diatereomere karboksylgruppen frigjøres. Til racematadskillélse kan også hydroksygruppen forestres med optisk aktive syrer eller deres reaksjonsdyktige funksjonelle derivater, idet det danner seg diastereomere estere. Slike syrer er eksempelvis (-)-abietinsyre, D(+)- og L(-)-eplesyre, N-acylerte optiske aktive aminosyrer, (+)- og (-) -kamf ansyre , (+)- og (-)-ketopinsyre , L ( + )-askorbinsyre, _(_*.)..-. kamfersyre, (+)-kamfer-10-sulfonsyre(8), (+)- eller (-)-a-bromkamf er-TT-sulf onsyre, D (-)-chinasyre, D (-)-isoaskorbinsyre, D(-)- og L (+)-mandelsyre, (+)-1-mentoksyeddiksyre, D(-)- og L(+)-vinsyre og deres di-O-benzoyl- og di-O-p-toluylderivater. TiX. splitting in antipodes particularly suitable racemates are those which have an aur group, such as e.g. racemate of for-lunde Ise of formula £, h<y>ori R2 is hydroxy. These acidic racemates can be reacted with optically active bases, e.g. esters of optically active amino acids, or (-)-brucine, (+)-quinidine, (-)-quinine, (+)-cinchonine, (+)-dehydroabiethylamine, )+)- and (-)-ephedrine, (+ )- and (-)-1-phenyl-ethylamine or their N-mono- or N,N-dialkylated derivatives to mixtures consisting of two diastereomeric salts. In racemates containing a carboxyl group, this carboxyl group can also be esterified or esterified with an optically active alcohol such as (-)-menthol, (+)-borneol, (+)- or (-)-2-octanol, whereupon after isolation of the desired the diastereomeric carboxyl group is released. For racemate separation, the hydroxy group can also be esterified with optically active acids or their reactive functional derivatives, forming diastereomeric esters. Such acids are, for example (-)-abietic acid, D(+)- and L(-)-malic acid, N-acylated optically active amino acids, (+)- and (-)-campanic acid, (+)- and (-) -ketopic acid , L ( + )-ascorbic acid, _(_*.)..-. Camphoric acid, (+)-camphor-10-sulfonic acid(8), (+)- or (-)-α-bromocamphor-TT-sulfonic acid, D (-)-chinic acid, D (-)-isoascorbic acid, D( -)- and L (+)-mandelic acid, (+)-1-menthoxyacetic acid, D(-)- and L(+)-tartaric acid and their di-O-benzoyl and di-O-p-toluyl derivatives.
Ved omsetning med optisk aktive isocyanater, somWhen reacted with optically active isocyanates, such as
med (+)- eller (-)-1-fenyletylisocyanat, kan forbindelse med formel I, hvori R, betyr beskyttet amino og R- betyr en rest RA^ omdannes i en blanding av diastereomere uretaner. with (+)- or (-)-1-phenylethyl isocyanate, compound of formula I, in which R, means protected amino and R- means a residue RA^ can be converted into a mixture of diastereomeric urethanes.
Basiske rasemater, f. eks. forbindelse med formelBasic breed foods, e.g. connection with formula
I, hvori. R^ betyr amino kan med de nevnte optiske aktive syrer danne diastereomere salter. In, in which. R^ means amino can form diastereomeric salts with the aforementioned optically active acids.
Spaltingen av de oppdelte diastereomere i de optiske aktive forbindelser med formel I foregår likeledes etter vanlige metoder. Fra saltene befrir man syren eller basen, The cleavage of the separated diastereomers in the optically active compounds of formula I likewise takes place according to usual methods. The acid or base is liberated from the salts,
f. eks. ved behandling med sterkere syrer resp. baser, enn de opprinnelig anvendte. Fra estrene og uretanene får man de ønskede optiske aktive forbindelser, eksempelvis etter alkalisk hydrolyse, eller etter reduksjon med et komplekst hydrid som litiumaluminiumhydrid. e.g. when treated with stronger acids or bases, than those originally used. The desired optically active compounds are obtained from the esters and urethanes, for example after alkaline hydrolysis, or after reduction with a complex hydride such as lithium aluminum hydride.
En ytterligere metode til oppdeling av racemater består i kromatografi på optisk aktive absorbsjonssjikt, eksempel- A further method for the separation of racemates consists in chromatography on optically active absorption layers, e.g.
vis på rørsukker.show cane sugar.
Etter en tredje måte, kan racematene oppløses i optisk aktive oppløsningsmidler, og den tyngre oppløselige optiske antipode utkrystalliseres. According to a third way, the racemates can be dissolved in optically active solvents, and the heavier soluble optical antipode crystallizes out.
Ved en fjerde metode benytter man de forskjellige reaksjonsevner av de optiske antipoder overfor biologiske materialer, som mikroorganismer, eller isolerte enzymer. A fourth method uses the different reactivity of the optical antipodes towards biological materials, such as microorganisms or isolated enzymes.
Etter en femte metode oppløser man racematene og utkrystalliserer en av de optiske antipoder ved podning med en liten mengde av en etter de overnevnte metoder dannet optisk aktivt produkt. According to a fifth method, the racemates are dissolved and one of the optical antipodes is crystallized by inoculation with a small amount of an optically active product formed according to the above-mentioned methods.
Oppdelingen av de diastereomere i de enkelte race-,. mater og racemater i de optiske antipoder kan gjennomføres på et ønskelig fremgangsmåtetrinn, dvs. f. eks. også på trinnet av utgangsmateriale med formel II eller på et ønskelig trinn av den nedennevnte omtalte fremgangsmåte til fremstilling av The division of the diastereomers into the individual race-,. mater and racemate in the optical antipodes can be carried out at a desirable method step, i.e. e.g. also on the step of starting material with formula II or on a desirable step of the below mentioned process for the preparation of
utgangsmaterialer med formel II. starting materials of formula II.
Ved alle etterfølgende omdannelser dannede forbindelser med formel I, foretrekkes slike reaksjoner som foregår under nøytrale alkaliske eller svakt sure betingelser. In all subsequent conversions formed compounds of formula I, such reactions are preferred which take place under neutral alkaline or weakly acidic conditions.
Fremgangsmåten omfatter også de utførelsesformer ifølge hvilke det som mellomprodukt dannede forbindelser anvendes som utgangsstoffer og de resterende fremgangsmåtetrinn gjennomføres med disse, eller fremgangsmåten avbrytes på et eller annet trinn, videre kan utgangsstoffer anvendes i form av derivater eller dannes in situ, eventuelt under reaksjonsbetingelsene. Eksempelvis kan et utgangsmaterial med formel II hvori Z betyr oksygen, fremstilles in situ fra en forbindelse med formel II, hvori Z betyr en som nedenfor omtalt eventuelt substituert metylidengruppe ved ozonisering og etterfølgende reduksjon av det dannede ozonid, analogt den videre nedenfor angitte fremgangsmåte (trinn 3.3), hvorved sykliseringen foregår i reaksjonsblandingen til forbindelse med formel I. The method also includes the embodiments according to which the compounds formed as intermediates are used as starting materials and the remaining method steps are carried out with these, or the method is interrupted at one or another step, furthermore starting materials can be used in the form of derivatives or formed in situ, possibly under the reaction conditions. For example, a starting material of formula II in which Z represents oxygen can be prepared in situ from a compound of formula II, in which Z represents a optionally substituted methylidene group as described below by ozonization and subsequent reduction of the formed ozonide, analogous to the method further specified below (step 3.3), whereby the cyclization takes place in the reaction mixture to form a compound of formula I.
Utgangsforbindelsene med formel II og deres for-trinn kan frems-tilles som angitt i reaksjonsskjemaene I, II og The starting compounds of formula II and their precursors can be prepared as indicated in reaction schemes I, II and
III. III.
I forbindelsene med formel IV, V, VI og II' betyr In the compounds of formula IV, V, VI and II' means
Z' oksygen, svovel eller også en tilsvarende en eller to substituenter i substituert metylidengruppe som ved oksydasjon kan overføres til en oksogruppe Z. En substituent Y av denne metylidengruppe er en organisk rest, eksempelvis eventuelt substituert laverealkyl, f. eks. metyl eller etyl, sykloalkyl, f. eks. syklopentyl eller sykloheksyl, fenyl eller fenyllaverealkyl, f. eks. benzyl eller spesielt en inklusive'med en optisk aktiv alkohol som 1-mentol, forestret karboksylgruppe, f. eks. en. av de under R2 nevnte eventuelt substituerte laverealkoksykarbonyl- eller arylmetoksykarbonylrester eller også 1-metyloksykarbonyl. Denne metylidengruppe har fortrinnsvis en av de nevnte substituenter. Å fremheve er metoksy-karbonylmetyliden-, etoksykarbonylmetyliden- og 1-mentyloksy-karbonylmetylidengruppen Z'.. Sistnevnte kan anvendes til fremstilling av optiske aktive forbindelser med formel IV til VI Z' oxygen, sulfur or also a corresponding one or two substituents in a substituted methylidene group which, by oxidation, can be transferred to an oxo group Z. A substituent Y of this methylidene group is an organic residue, for example optionally substituted lower alkyl, e.g. methyl or ethyl, cycloalkyl, e.g. cyclopentyl or cyclohexyl, phenyl or phenyl lower alkyl, e.g. benzyl or especially one inclusive'with an optically active alcohol such as 1-menthol, esterified carboxyl group, e.g. one. of the optionally substituted lower alkoxycarbonyl or arylmethoxycarbonyl residues mentioned under R2 or also 1-methyloxycarbonyl. This methylidene group preferably has one of the aforementioned substituents. To be highlighted are the methoxy-carbonylmethylidene-, ethoxycarbonylmethylidene- and 1-menthyloxy-carbonylmethylidene group Z'. The latter can be used for the preparation of optically active compounds of formula IV to VI
og II.and II.
I forbindelsene med formel III-VI samt II<1>er restene R-. fortrinnsvis en av de nevnte beskyttede hydroksygrupper, In the compounds of formula III-VI as well as II<1>, the residues are R-. preferably one of the aforementioned protected hydroxy groups,
f. eks. eventuelt substituert 1-fenyllaverealkoksy, eventuelt substituert fenyllaverealkoksykarbonyloksy eller trisubstituert silyloksy og R-^betyr fortrinnsvis substituert amino. e.g. optionally substituted 1-phenyl lower alkyloxy, optionally substituted phenyl lower alkylcarbonyloxy or trisubstituted silyloxy and R-2 preferably means substituted amino.
Trinn 1.1; Et tlo-azetidinon med formel IV fåes idet et 4-W-azeti.dinon med formel III hvori W betyr en nukleofug avgangsgruppe, behandles med en merkaptoforbindelse med formel R1-(CH2)4-C(=Z')-SH Step 1.1; A tlo-azetidinone of formula IV is obtained by treating a 4-W-azetidinone of formula III in which W is a nucleofuge leaving group with a mercapto compound of formula R1-(CH2)4-C(=Z')-SH
eller et salt, f. eks. et alkalimetall-, som natrium- eller kaliumsalt herav, og hvis ønsket overføres i en dannet forbindelse med formel IV, hvori R^ er hydroksy, hydroksy til beskyttet hydroksy. or a salt, e.g. an alkali metal, such as sodium or potassium salt thereof, and if desired is transferred in a formed compound of formula IV, in which R^ is hydroxy, hydroxy to protected hydroxy.
Den nukleofuge avgangsgruppe W i et utgangsmaterial med formel III er en med en nukleofil rest The nucleofuge leaving group W in a starting material of formula III is one with a nucleophilic residue
R1-(CH2)4-C(=Z,)-S- R1-(CH2)4-C(=Z,)-S-
erstattbar rest. Slike grupper W er eksempelvis acyloksyrester, sulfonylrester R o -S02 _-, hvori R o er en organisk rest, azido replaceable remainder. Such groups W are, for example, acyloxy acid residues, sulfonyl residues R o -SO2 _-, in which R o is an organic residue, azido
eller halogen. I en acyloksyrest W er acyl f. eks. resten av en organisk karboksylsyre, inklusive en optisk aktiv karboksylsyre og betyr eksempelvis laverealkanoyl, f. eks. acetyl eller propionyl, eventuelt substituert benzoyl, f. eks. benzoyl eller 2,4-dinitrobenzoyl, fenyllaverealkanoyl, f. eks. fenyl-acetyl, eller acylresten av en av de overnevnte optiske aktive syrer. I en sulfonylrest R:-SO„- er R eksempelvis eventuelt or halogen. In an acyloxy residue W, acyl is e.g. the remainder of an organic carboxylic acid, including an optically active carboxylic acid and means, for example, lower alkanoyl, e.g. acetyl or propionyl, optionally substituted benzoyl, e.g. benzoyl or 2,4-dinitrobenzoyl, phenyl laveralkanoyl, e.g. phenyl-acetyl, or the acyl residue of one of the above-mentioned optically active acids. In a sulfonyl residue R:-SO„-, R is, for example, optional
Jo 2 oYes 2 o
med hydroksy substituert laverealkyl, som metyl, etyl eller 2-hydroksyetyl, videre også tilsvarende usbstituerte optiske aktive laverealkyl; f. eks. (2R)- eller (2S)-l-hydroksyprop-2-yl, ved en optisk aktiv rest substituert metyl, som kamferyl, eller benzyl, eller eventuelt substituerte fenyl, som fenyl, 4-bromfenyl eller 4-metylfenyl. En halogenrest W er f. eks. brom, jod eller spesielt klor. W er fortrinnsvis metyl- eller 2-hydroksyetyl-sulfonyl, acetoksy eller klor. with hydroxy substituted lower alkyl, such as methyl, ethyl or 2-hydroxyethyl, further also correspondingly substituted optically active lower alkyl; e.g. (2R)- or (2S)-1-hydroxyprop-2-yl, at an optically active residue substituted methyl, such as campheryl, or benzyl, or optionally substituted phenyl, such as phenyl, 4-bromophenyl or 4-methylphenyl. A halogen residue W is e.g. bromine, iodine or especially chlorine. W is preferably methyl- or 2-hydroxyethyl-sulfonyl, acetoxy or chlorine.
Den nukleofile substitusjon kan gjennomføres under..... The nucleophilic substitution can be carried out under.....
nøytrale eller svakt basiske betingelser, i nærvær av vann og eventuelt et med vann blandbart organisk oppløsningsmiddel. neutral or slightly basic conditions, in the presence of water and optionally a water-miscible organic solvent.
De basiske betingelser kan eksempelvis innstilles ved tilsetning av en uorganisk base/i som et alkalimetall- eller jordalkalimetallhydroksyd, -karbonat eller -hydrogenkarbonat, f. eks. The basic conditions can, for example, be set by adding an inorganic base/i such as an alkali metal or alkaline earth metal hydroxide, carbonate or hydrogen carbonate, e.g.
av natrium-, kalium- eller kalsiumhydroksyd, -karbonat eller -hydrogenkarbonat. Som organiske oppløsningsmidler kan det f. eks. anvendes med vann blandbare alkoholer, f. eks. laverealkanoler, som metanol eller etanol, ketoner, f. eks. lavere-alkanoner, som aceton, amider, f. eks. laverealkankarboksylsyre-amider, som dimetylformamid, acetonitril o.l. Reaksjonen gjennomføres vanligvis ved væreIsestemperatur, kan imidlertid også gjennomføres ved forhøyet eller nedsatt temperatur. Ved tilsetning av et salt av jodhydrogensyre eller en tiocyansyre, of sodium, potassium or calcium hydroxide, carbonate or bicarbonate. As organic solvents, e.g. water-miscible alcohols are used, e.g. lower alkanols, such as methanol or ethanol, ketones, e.g. lower alkanones, such as acetone, amides, e.g. lower alkanecarboxylic acid amides, such as dimethylformamide, acetonitrile, etc. The reaction is usually carried out at room temperature, but can also be carried out at an elevated or reduced temperature. By adding a salt of hydroiodic acid or a thiocyanic acid,
f. eks. et alkalimetall-, som natriumsalt, kan reaksjonen aksellereres. e.g. an alkali metal, such as a sodium salt, the reaction can be accelerated.
Reaksjonen kan anvendes såvel optisk inaktiveThe reaction can be used both optically inactive
cis- eller transfbrbindelser med formel III, som også blandinger herav, eller tilsvarende optiske aktive forbindelser. Den inn-tredende gruppe R^ (CH2) 4~C (=Z ') -S- dirigeres av gruppen R3-CH2~fortrinnsvis. i trans-stilling, uavhengig av om W til gruppen cis- or trans-compounds of formula III, as well as mixtures thereof, or corresponding optically active compounds. The incoming group R 3 (CH 2 ) 4 -C (=Z ') -S- is directed by the group R 3 -CH 2 - preferably. in trans position, regardless of whether W to the group
R3-CH2~står i cis- eller . trans-stilling. Enskjønt den trans-isomere overveiende dannes, kan det imidlertid under tiden også isoleres cis-isomeren. Oppdelingen av cis- og trans-isomere foregår som omtalt ovenfor etter vanlige metoder, spesielt ved kromatografi og/eller ved krystallisering. R3-CH2~is in cis- or . trans position. Although the trans-isomer is predominantly formed, the cis-isomer can also be isolated in the meantime. The separation of cis- and trans-isomers takes place, as discussed above, according to usual methods, in particular by chromatography and/or by crystallization.
Den etterfølgende ozonisering av en metylengruppe Z' kan gjennomføres som angitt videre nedenfor. Et dannet racemat med formel IV kan oppdeles i de optiske aktive forbindelser. The subsequent ozonization of a methylene group Z' can be carried out as indicated further below. A racemate of formula IV formed can be resolved into the optically active compounds.
Et azétidinon med formel III, hvori og W hver betyr acetoksy er omtalt i tysk Offenlegungsschrift nr. 29 An azétidinone of formula III, wherein and W are each acetoxy is disclosed in German Offenlegungsschrift No. 29
50 898. Andre azetidinoner med formel III kan fåes etter i og for seg kjente fremgangsmåter, eksempelvis idet en vinylester med formel R^-Ct^-CI^CH-W omsettes med klorsulfonylisocyanat, og det dannede sykloaddukt omsettes med et reduksjonsmiddel 50 898. Other azetidinones with formula III can be obtained by methods known per se, for example when a vinyl ester of the formula R^-Ct^-CI^CH-W is reacted with chlorosulfonyl isocyanate, and the cycloadduct formed is reacted with a reducing agent
f. eks. natriumsulfit. Ved denne syntese fåes vanligvis blandn- e.g. sodium sulfite. In this synthesis, mixtures are usually obtained
inger av cis- og trans-isomere, som hvis ønsket kan oppdeles i de rene cis- eller trans-isomere, f. eks. ved kromatografi og/ eller krystallisering eller destillering. De rene cis- og trans-isomere foreligger som racemater og kan oppdeles i deres optiske antipoder, eksempelvis når acyl i en acyloksyforbindelse W i forbindelse med formel III stammer fra en optisk aktiv syre. Forbindelsene med formel III, spesielt deres optiske aktive re-presentanter kan også fremstilles etter de nedenfor i reaksjonsskjemaene II og III angitte fremgangsmåter. ings of cis- and trans-isomers, which, if desired, can be divided into the pure cis- or trans-isomers, e.g. by chromatography and/or crystallization or distillation. The pure cis- and trans-isomers exist as racemates and can be divided into their optical antipodes, for example when acyl in an acyloxy compound W in connection with formula III originates from an optically active acid. The compounds of formula III, especially their optically active representatives, can also be prepared according to the methods indicated below in reaction schemes II and III.
Trinn 1.2: En a-hydroksykarboksylsyreforbindelse med formel V fåes idet man omsetter en forbindelse med formel IV med en glyoksylsyreforbindelse med formel 0KC-C(=0)-R2eller et egnet derivat herav, som et hydrat, heraihydrat eller halvacetal, Step 1.2: An α-hydroxycarboxylic acid compound of formula V is obtained by reacting a compound of formula IV with a glyoxylic acid compound of formula 0KC-C(=0)-R2 or a suitable derivative thereof, such as a hydrate, heraihydrate or hemiacetal,
f. eks. et halvacetal med et laverealkanol, f. eks. metanol eller etanol, og hvis ønsket i en dannet forbindelse med formel V, hvori R^er hydroksy, overføres hydroksy til beskyttet hydroksy. e.g. a hemiacetal with a lower alkanol, e.g. methanol or ethanol, and if desired in a formed compound of formula V, in which R^ is hydroxy, hydroxy is transferred to protected hydroxy.
Forbindelse V får man vanligvis som blanding av deCompound V is usually obtained as a mixture of those
to isomere (med hensyn til grupperingen ^CH~0H) . Man kan imidlertid også, isolere de rene isomere herav. two isomers (with respect to the grouping ^CH~0H) . However, it is also possible to isolate the pure isomers thereof.
Tilleiringen av glyoksylsyreesterforbindelsen til ni.trogenatomet av laktamringen finner sted ved værelsestemperatur eller hvis nødvendig under oppvarming, f. eks. til ca. 100°C, og nemlig i fravær av et egentlig kondensasjonsmiddel og/eller uten dannelse av et salt. Ved anvendelse av hydratet av glyoksylsyreforbindelsen dannes vann som hvis nødvendig fjernes ved destillering, f. eks. azeotrop, eller ved anvendelse av et egnet dehydratiseringsmiddel, som en molekylarsikt. Fortrinnsvis arbeider man i nærvær av et egnet opp-løsningsmiddel som f. eks. dioksan, toluen, eller dimetylformamid, eller oppløsningsmiddelblanding, hvis ønsket eller nødvendig i atmosfæren av en inertgass som nitrogen. I reaksjonen kan det anvendes såvel rene optiske inaktive cis- eller transforbindelser med formel IV, som også blandinger herav, eller tilsvarende optiske aktive forbindelser. Et dannet racemat med formel V kan oppdeles i de optiske aktive forbindelser. The attachment of the glyoxylic acid ester compound to the nitrogen atom of the lactam ring takes place at room temperature or, if necessary, during heating, e.g. to approx. 100°C, namely in the absence of an actual condensing agent and/or without the formation of a salt. When using the hydrate of the glyoxylic acid compound, water is formed which, if necessary, is removed by distillation, e.g. azeotrope, or by using a suitable dehydrating agent, such as a molecular sieve. Preferably, one works in the presence of a suitable solvent such as e.g. dioxane, toluene, or dimethylformamide, or solvent mixture, if desired or necessary in the atmosphere of an inert gas such as nitrogen. In the reaction, both pure optically inactive cis- or trans-compounds of formula IV, as well as mixtures thereof, or corresponding optically active compounds can be used. A racemate of formula V formed can be resolved into the optically active compounds.
Trinn 1.3: Forbindelser med formel VI, hvori XQ betyr en reak- Step 1.3: Compounds of formula VI, wherein XQ denotes a react-
sjonsdyktig forestret hydroksygruppe, spesielt halogen, eller-— sionable esterified hydroxy group, especially halogen, or-—
organisk sulfonyloksy, fremstilles idet man i en forbindelse organic sulfonyloxy, is prepared when in a compound
med formel V omdanner den sekundære hydroksygruppe til en reaksjonsdyktig forestret hydroksygruppe, spesielt til halogen, f. eks. klor eller brom, eller til en organisk sulfonyloksy-gruppe, som laverealkansulfonyloksy, f. eks. metansulfonyloksy, eller arensulfonyloksy, f. eks. bensen- eller 4-metylbensen-sulfonyloksy. with formula V converts the secondary hydroxy group to a reactive esterified hydroxy group, especially to halogen, e.g. chlorine or bromine, or to an organic sulfonyloxy group, such as lower alkanesulfonyloxy, e.g. methanesulfonyloxy, or arenesulfonyloxy, e.g. benzene or 4-methylbenzenesulfonyloxy.
I utgangsforbindelser med formel V betyr R_ fortrinnsvis en beskyttet hydroksygruppe. In starting compounds of formula V, R_ preferably means a protected hydroxy group.
Forbindelsene méd formel VI kan fåes i form avThe compounds of formula VI can be obtained in the form of
blandinger av isomere (med hensyn til grupperingen mixtures of isomers (with regard to the grouping
eller i form av rene isomere. or in the form of pure isomers.
Overnevnte reaksjon gjennomføres ved behandling med et egnet forestringsmiddel, f. eks. med et tionylhalogenid, The above reaction is carried out by treatment with a suitable esterification agent, e.g. with a thionyl halide,
f. eks. -klorid, et fosforoksyhalogenid, spesielt -klorid, et halogenfosfoniumhalogenid, som trifenylfosfondibromid, eller -dijodid, eller et egnet organisk sulfonsyrehalogenid, som -klorid, fortrinnsvis i nærvær av et basisk, i første rekke et organisk basisk middel, som et alifatisk, tertiært amin, e.g. -chloride, a phosphoroxyhalide, especially -chloride, a halophosphonium halide, such as triphenylphosphonium bromide, or -diiodide, or a suitable organic sulphonic acid halide, such as -chloride, preferably in the presence of a basic, primarily an organic basic agent, such as an aliphatic, tertiary amine,
f. eks. trietylamin, diisopropyletylamin eller "polystyren-Hunigbase" eller en heterosyklisk base av pyridintypen, f. eks. pyridin eller collidin. Fortrinnsvis arbeider man i nærvær av e.g. triethylamine, diisopropylethylamine or "polystyrene-Honey base" or a heterocyclic base of the pyridine type, e.g. pyridine or collidine. Preferably you work in the presence of
et egnet oppløsningsmiddel, f. eks. dioksan eller tetrahydrofuran, eller en oppløsningsmiddelblanding, hvis nødvendig under avkjøling og/eller i atmosfæren av en inertgass, som nitrogen. a suitable solvent, e.g. dioxane or tetrahydrofuran, or a solvent mixture, if necessary under cooling and/or in the atmosphere of an inert gas, such as nitrogen.
I en således dannet forbindelse med formel VI, kan en reaksjonsdyktig forestret hydroksygruppe XQ på i og for seg kjent måte omdannes til en annen reaksjonsdyktig forestret hydroksygruppe. Således kan man f. eks. utveksle et kloratom ved behandling av den tilsvarende klorforbindelse med et egnet bromid- eller jodidsalt, som litiumbromid eller -jodid, fortrinnsvis i nærvær.av et egnet oppløsningsmiddel, som eter, In a thus formed compound of formula VI, a reactive esterified hydroxy group XQ can be converted in a manner known per se into another reactive esterified hydroxy group. Thus, one can e.g. exchange a chlorine atom by treating the corresponding chlorine compound with a suitable bromide or iodide salt, such as lithium bromide or iodide, preferably in the presence of a suitable solvent, such as ether,
med et brom- resp. jodatom.with a bromine or iodine atom.
I reaksjonen kan det anvendes såvel rene optiske inaktive cis- eller transforbindelser med formel V som også In the reaction, pure optically inactive cis- or trans-compounds of formula V can be used as well
blandinger herav, eller tilsvarende optiske aktive forbindelser. Et dannet racemat med formel VI kan oppdeles i de optisk aktive mixtures thereof, or equivalent optically active compounds. A racemate of formula VI formed can be divided into the optically active ones
forbindelser. connections.
Trinn 1.4: Utgangsmaterialer med formel I-l1 fåes idet en forbindelse med formel VI, hvori XQ betyr en reaksjonsdyktig forestret hydroksygruppe, behandles med en egnet fosfinforbindelse som et trilaverealkylfosfin, f. eks. tri-n-butyl-fosfin, eller et triaryl-fosfin, f. eks. trifenylfosfin, eller med en egnet fosfitforbindelse, som et trilaverealkylfosfit, f. eks. tri-etylfosfit, eller et alkalimetalldilaverealkylfosfit, f. eks. Step 1.4: Starting materials of formula I-11 are obtained when a compound of formula VI, in which XQ means a reactive esterified hydroxy group, is treated with a suitable phosphine compound such as a lower alkyl phosphine, e.g. tri-n-butyl-phosphine, or a triaryl-phosphine, e.g. triphenylphosphine, or with a suitable phosphite compound, such as a trilower alkyl phosphite, e.g. tri-ethyl phosphite, or an alkali metal dilute alkyl phosphite, e.g.
-dietylfosfit, idet man alt etter valg av reagenser kan få-diethyl phosphite, since depending on the choice of reagents you can get
en forbindelse med formel II (resp. II<1>), eller Il.a.a compound of formula II (resp. II<1>), or Il.a.
Overnevnte reaksjon foretas fortrinnsvis i nærvær av et egnet inert oppløsningsmiddel, som et hydrokarbon, f. The above reaction is preferably carried out in the presence of a suitable inert solvent, such as a hydrocarbon, e.g.
eks., heksan, sykloheksan, bensen, toluen eller xylen, eller en eter, f. eks. dioksan, tetrahydrofuran eller dietylenglykol-dimetyletery eller en oppløsningsmiddelblanding. Alt etter reaksjonsevne arbeider man under avkjøling eller ved forhøyet temperatur, f. eks. mellom -10 og +100°C, fortrinnsvis ved ca. 2Q° til 80°C, og/eller i en inertgassatmosfære som nitrogen. For å hindre oksydative prosesser, kan det tilsettes katalytiske mengder av et antioksydans, f. eks. hydrochinon. e.g., hexane, cyclohexane, benzene, toluene or xylene, or an ether, e.g. dioxane, tetrahydrofuran or diethylene glycol dimethyl ether or a solvent mixture. Depending on the reactivity, you work under cooling or at an elevated temperature, e.g. between -10 and +100°C, preferably at approx. 2Q° to 80°C, and/or in an inert gas atmosphere such as nitrogen. To prevent oxidative processes, catalytic amounts of an antioxidant can be added, e.g. hydroquinone.
Derved arbeider man ved anvendelse av en fosfinforbindelse, vanligvis i nærvær av et basisk middel, som en or ganisk base, f. eks. et amin, som trietylamin, diisopropyletylamin eller "polystyren-Hunigbase", og kommer således direkte .til Ylid-utgangsmaterialer med formel II (resp. II') Thereby, one works by using a phosphine compound, usually in the presence of a basic agent, such as an organic base, e.g. an amine, such as triethylamine, diisopropylethylamine or "polystyrene-Honey base", and thus comes directly to Ylid starting materials of formula II (resp. II')
som dannes av det tilsvarende fosfoniumsalt.which is formed from the corresponding phosphonium salt.
I reaksjonen kan det såvel anvendes rene optiske aktive cis-.eller trans-forbindelser med formel VI, som også blandinger,eller tilsvarende optiske aktive forbindelser. Pure optically active cis- or trans-compounds of formula VI can be used in the reaction as well as mixtures or equivalent optically active compounds.
Et dannet racemat med formel II kan oppdeles iA racemate of formula II formed can be divided into
de optisk aktive forbindelser.the optically active compounds.
Ylidene med formel II' hvori Z' er oksygen eller svovel, kan anvendes direkte i sykliseringsreaksjonen til fremstilling av sluttprodukter med formel I.. Man kan imidlertid også i forbindelser med formel II<1>, hvori R^betyr en beskyttet hydroksygruppe, f. eks. en hydrolytisk lett avspaltbar beskyttet hydroksygruppe, som trisubtituert silyloksy, først The ylides of formula II' in which Z' is oxygen or sulphur, can be used directly in the cyclization reaction to produce end products of formula I.. However, one can also in compounds of formula II<1>, in which R^ denotes a protected hydroxy group, e.g. e.g. a hydrolytically easily cleavable protected hydroxy group, such as trisubstituted silyloxy, first
avspalte hydroksybeskyttelsesgruppen , og deretter anvende den— cleave off the hydroxy protecting group, and then apply it—
dannede forbindelse med formel II', hvori R^er hydroksy, i sykliseringsreaksjonen. Videre kan man i forbindelse med formel II' hvori R1betyr beskyttet amino, avspalte aminobeskyttelses-gruppen. formed compound of formula II', in which R^ is hydroxy, in the cyclization reaction. Furthermore, in connection with formula II' in which R1 means protected amino, the amino protecting group can be cleaved off.
I forbindelsene II<1>, IV, V og VI kan en eventuelt substituert metylidengruppe Z 1 ved ozonisering og etter-følgende reduksjon av det dannede ozonid, ifølge den nedenfor i trinn 3.3 omtalte fremgangsmåter overføres i oksogruppen Z. In the compounds II<1>, IV, V and VI, an optionally substituted methylidene group Z 1 can be transferred into the oxo group Z by ozonization and subsequent reduction of the formed ozonide, according to the methods described below in step 3.3.
Utgangsforbindelse med formel III, hvori W betyr en sulfonylrest HO-A-SO.,-, kan også fremstilles etter følgende reaksjonsskjema II: The starting compound with formula III, in which W means a sulfonyl residue HO-A-SO.,-, can also be prepared according to the following reaction scheme II:
I forbindelsen med formel VII-IX og Illa betyr In connection with formula VII-IX and Illa means
A en låverealkylenrest med 2 til 3 karbonatomer mellom deA is a lower alkylene radical with 2 to 3 carbon atoms between them
to heteroatomer, og er i første rekke etylen eller 1,2-propylen, kan imidlertid også være 1.3-propylen, 1,2-, 2,3- eller 1,3-butylen. two heteroatoms, and is primarily ethylene or 1,2-propylene, but can also be 1,3-propylene, 1,2-, 2,3- or 1,3-butylene.
I forbindelsene med formel VII-IX betyr hver av restene Rfl og R^hydrogen eller en over et karbonatom med ring-karbonatomet forbundet organisk rest, idet de to rester RC= L og Rkkan være forbundet med hverandre, i første rekke med hydrogen, laverealkyl, f. eks. metyl, etyl, n-propyl, eller isopropyl, eventuelt substituert fenyl eller fenyllaverealkyl, f. eks. benzyl eller hvis satt sammen, laverealkylen, fortrinnsvis med 4-6 karbonatomer, f. eks. 1,4-butylen eller 1,5-pentylen. In the compounds of formula VII-IX, each of the residues Rfl and R^ means hydrogen or an organic residue connected over a carbon atom with the ring carbon atom, the two residues RC= L and Rkcan be connected to each other, primarily with hydrogen, lower alkyl , e.g. methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, or isopropyl, optionally substituted phenyl or phenyl lower alkyl, e.g. benzyl or if combined, lower alkylene, preferably with 4-6 carbon atoms, e.g. 1,4-butylene or 1,5-pentylene.
I forbindelser med formel VIII og IX og Illa er resten R^hydroksy eller fortrinnsvis en av de nevnte beskyttede hydroksygrupper, f. eks. eventuelt substituert 1-fenyllaverealkoksy, eventuelt substituert fenyllaverealkoksykarbonyloksy eller trisubstituert silyloksy. In compounds of formula VIII and IX and IIIa, the residue R is hydroxy or preferably one of the aforementioned protected hydroxy groups, e.g. optionally substituted 1-phenyl lower alkyloxy, optionally substituted phenyl lower alkylcarbonyloxy or trisubstituted silyloxy.
Trinn 2.1: En forbindelse med formel VIII, fåes idet man omsetter en bisyklisk forbindelse med formel VII med et metalle-ringsreagens, og en elektrofil som innfører.resten R3~CH2-, Step 2.1: A compound of formula VIII is obtained by reacting a bicyclic compound of formula VII with a metallation reagent and an electrophile which introduces the residue R3~CH2-,
deretter behandler det dannede produkt med en protonkilde,then it treats the product formed with a proton source,
og hvis ønsket, overfører en dannet forbindelse med formel VIII, -hvori betyr hydroksy til en forbindelse med formel VIII, hvori R., betyr beskyttet hydroksy. and, if desired, transfer a formed compound of formula VIII, -wherein is hydroxy to a compound of formula VIII, wherein R., is protected hydroxy.
Egnede metalleringsreagenser er f. eks. substituert og usubstituert alkalimetallamider, alkalimetallhydrider eller alkalimetall-laverealkylforbindelser, hvori alkalimetallene f. eks. natrium eller spesielt litium, f. eks. natrium- eller litiumamid, litium-bis-trimetylsilylamid, natriumhydrid, li-tiumhydrid og fortrinnsvis litiumdiisopropylamid og butyllitium. Suitable metallation reagents are e.g. substituted and unsubstituted alkali metal amides, alkali metal hydrides or alkali metal-lower alkyl compounds, in which the alkali metals e.g. sodium or especially lithium, e.g. sodium or lithium amide, lithium bis-trimethylsilylamide, sodium hydride, lithium hydride and preferably lithium diisopropylamide and butyllithium.
En elektrofil som innfører resten R^-CO^- er eksempelvis formaldehyd idet det dannes forbindelser med formel VIII, hvori R^er hydrogen, eller et funksjonelt derivat av formaldehyd med formel R2-CH2-X, hvori X betyr en nukleofug An electrophile that introduces the residue R^-CO^- is, for example, formaldehyde, forming compounds of formula VIII, in which R^ is hydrogen, or a functional derivative of formaldehyde of formula R2-CH2-X, in which X means a nucleofuge
avgangsgruppe, spesielt halogen, f. eks. klor, brom eller joå- r-~leaving group, especially halogen, e.g. chlorine, bromine or iodine
eller sulfonyloksy, f. eks. metansulfonyloksy eller 4-toluensulfonyloksy. Foretrukkede elektirofiler som innfører resten R^-CH.,- er formaldehyd og eventuelt substituert benzyloksy-metylklorid. or sulfonyloxy, e.g. methanesulfonyloxy or 4-toluenesulfonyloxy. Preferred electrophiles which introduce the residue R^-CH.,- are formaldehyde and optionally substituted benzyloxymethyl chloride.
Oppløsningsmidler som er egnet for metalleringsreaksjonen skal ikke inneholde aktivt hydrogen og er f. eks. hydrokarboner, f. eks. heksan, bensen, toluen eller zylen, etere f. eks. dietyleter, tetrahydrofuran eller dioksan eller syreamider, f. eks. heksametylfosforsyretriamid. Solvents that are suitable for the metallation reaction must not contain active hydrogen and are e.g. hydrocarbons, e.g. hexane, benzene, toluene or xylene, ethers e.g. diethyl ether, tetrahydrofuran or dioxane or acid amides, e.g. hexamethylphosphoric acid triamide.
Det metallerte mellomprodukt behøver ikke isoleres men kan i tilknytning til metalleringsreaksjonen omsettes med en elektrofil som innfører resten R^-CH^-. Metalleringsreaksjonen foregår ved temperaturer på ca. -100°C til ca. værelsestemperatur, fortrinnsvis under -30°C, fortrinnsvis i en inertgassatmosfære, som nitrogenatmosfære. Den videre omsetning kan foregå under de samme betingelser. Derved innføres formaldehyd fortrinnsvis i gassform, monomer form i reaksjonsblandingen. Monomer formaldehyd er eksempelvis oppnåelig ved termisk de-polymerisering av paraformaldehyd, eller ved termisk spalt-ning av formaldehydsykloheksylhemiacetal. The metallated intermediate does not need to be isolated, but can be reacted in connection with the metallation reaction with an electrophile which introduces the residue R^-CH^-. The metallation reaction takes place at temperatures of approx. -100°C to approx. room temperature, preferably below -30°C, preferably in an inert gas atmosphere, such as nitrogen atmosphere. Further sales can take place under the same conditions. Thereby, formaldehyde is preferably introduced in gaseous, monomeric form into the reaction mixture. Monomeric formaldehyde can, for example, be obtained by thermal depolymerization of paraformaldehyde, or by thermal decomposition of formaldehyde cyclohexyl hemiacetal.
For metalleringsreaksjonen kan det såvel anvendes antipodene av forbindelsene med formel VII som også deres ra- For the metallation reaction, the antipodes of the compounds of formula VII can be used as well as their ra-
camiske eller diastereomere blandinger.camic or diastereomeric mixtures.
Angrepet av elektrofile som innfører restene R3-CH«2- på .substratet foregår vanligvis steredspesifikt. Det benyttes som utgangsmateriale et azetidinon med formel VII med R-konfigurasjon, ved karbonatornet 4 av azetidinon-ringen, så oppstår overveiende en forbindelse med formel VIII med R-konfigurasjon ved karbonatomet 4 og S-konfigurasjon ved karbonatomet 3 av azetidinon-ringen, dvs. elektrofilets an-grep foregår overveiende trans-plassert. The attack by electrophiles which introduce the residues R3-CH«2- on the substrate usually takes place in a stered-specific manner. An azetidinone of formula VII with R configuration is used as starting material, at carbon atom 4 of the azetidinone ring, then predominantly a compound of formula VIII with R configuration at carbon atom 4 and S configuration at carbon atom 3 of the azetidinone ring occurs, i.e. .the electrophile's attack takes place predominantly trans-placed.
Etter omsetningen behandles reaksjonsproduktet med en protonkilde, f. eks. med vann, alkohol, som metanol eller etanol, en organisk eller uorganisk syre, f. eks. eddiksyre, saltsyre, svovelsyre, eller en lignende protonavgivende forbindelse, fortrinnsvis igjen, ved lavere temperaturer. After the reaction, the reaction product is treated with a proton source, e.g. with water, alcohol, such as methanol or ethanol, an organic or inorganic acid, e.g. acetic acid, hydrochloric acid, sulfuric acid, or a similar proton-releasing compound, preferably again, at lower temperatures.
I en dannet forbindelse med formel VIII hvori In a compound of formula VIII formed wherein
R3er hydrogen, kan man beskytte .-.hydroksygruppen på i og f o-e— R3 is hydrogen, one can protect the .-.hydroxy group on i and f o-e—
seg kjent måte, f. eks. ved foretring eller forestring, spesielt som omtalt ovenfor. known way, e.g. by etherification or esterification, especially as discussed above.
Utgangsforbindelser med formel VII kan eksempelvis fåes idet man omsetter et acetat med formel Starting compounds with formula VII can, for example, be obtained by reacting an acetate with formula
med en merkaptoforbindelse med formel HS-A-OH, og behandler en dannet tioforbindelse méd formel with a mercapto compound of formula HS-A-OH, and treats a formed thio compound with formula
som omtalt i europeisk søknad nr. 23887, med en karbonyl-forbindelse med formel (R ,R. )C=0. as mentioned in European application No. 23887, with a carbonyl compound of formula (R ,R )C=0.
a d a d
Ved omsetning av acetatet med formel X med merkap-taner med formel HS-A-OH, som i A har et chiralitetssent.rum, f. eks. antipoder av et 2-merkapto-l-propanol, som (2R)-2-merkapto-l-propanol, oppstår diastereomerblandinger av forbindelser med formel Xa, som ved vanlige metoder eksempelvis som beskrevet ovenfor lar seg oppdele i de enkelte antipoder. De individuelle antipoder.f. eks. (4R)-antipoder med formel lar seg uten konfigurasjonsendring videreforarbeide til de tilsvarende antipoder i de i reaksjonsskjemaene I og II nevnte mellomprodukter II til VI, VIII og IX og sluttproduktet med formel I. Da som nevnt overfor.-: innføringen av eventuelt beskyttete hydroksymetylsubstituenter i azetidinon-ringen av forbindelsen med formel VII, foregår stereospesifikt (trans), er det idet det gåes ut fra forbindelse med formel Xb til-gjengelig mellomprodukter med formel II til. VI, VIII, og IX og sluttproduktet med formel I, hvori azetidinonringen i 4-stilling inntar R- og i 3-stilling S-konfigurasjon. When reacting the acetate of formula X with mercaptans of formula HS-A-OH, which in A has a chirality center, e.g. antipodes of a 2-mercapto-l-propanol, such as (2R)-2-mercapto-l-propanol, diastereomer mixtures of compounds of formula Xa arise, which can be divided into the individual antipodes by usual methods, for example as described above. The individual antipodes.g. e.g. (4R)-antipodes of formula can be further processed without configuration change to the corresponding antipodes in the intermediates II to VI, VIII and IX mentioned in the reaction schemes I and II and the final product of formula I. Then, as mentioned above.-: the introduction of optionally protected hydroxymethyl substituents in the azetidinone ring of the compound of formula VII takes place stereospecifically (trans), it is based on the assumption of compound of formula Xb that intermediates of formula II are available. VI, VIII, and IX and the final product of formula I, in which the azetidinone ring in the 4-position assumes R- and in the 3-position S-configuration.
Trinn 2.2: En sulfon med formel IX kan fremstilles i det man Step 2.2: A sulfone of formula IX can be prepared in which
behandler tioforbindelsen med formel III med et oksydasjons-" treats the thio compound of formula III with an oxidation
middel, og hvis ønsket overføres en ifølge fremgangsmåten oppnådd forbindelse med formel IX, hvori R^er hydroksy til en forbindelse med formel IX, hvori R^er en beskyttet hydroksy. agent, and if desired, a compound of formula IX obtained according to the method, in which R^ is hydroxy, is transferred to a compound of formula IX, in which R^ is a protected hydroxy.
Egnede oksydasjonsmidler er eksempelvis hydrogen-peroksyd, organiske persyrer, spesielt alifatiske eller aro-matiske perkarboksylsyrer, f.eks. pereddiksyre, perbensosyre, klorperbensosyre, f. eks. 3-klorperbensosyre, eller monoper-phtalsyre, oksyderende uorganiske syrer og deres salter, f. eks. salpetersyre, kromsyre, kaliumpermanganat eller alkalimetall-hypoklorider, f. eks. natriumhypoklorid. Overføringen kan imidlertid også foregå ved anodisk oksydasjon. Suitable oxidizing agents are, for example, hydrogen peroxide, organic peracids, especially aliphatic or aromatic percarboxylic acids, e.g. peracetic acid, perbenzoic acid, chloroperbenzoic acid, e.g. 3-chloroperbenzoic acid, or monoperphthalic acid, oxidizing inorganic acids and their salts, e.g. nitric acid, chromic acid, potassium permanganate or alkali metal hypochlorides, e.g. sodium hypochloride. However, the transfer can also take place by anodic oxidation.
Oksydasjonen gjennomføres fortrinnsvis i et egnet inert oppløsningsmiddel, eksempelvis et halogenhydrokarbon, The oxidation is preferably carried out in a suitable inert solvent, for example a halohydrocarbon,
f. eks. metylenklorid, kloroform, eller karbontetraklorid,e.g. methylene chloride, chloroform, or carbon tetrachloride,
en alkohol, f. eks. metanol eller etanol, et keton, f. eks. aceton, en eter, dietyleter, dioksan eller tetrahydrofuran, et amid, f. eks. dimetylformamid, et sulfon, f. eks. dimetylsulfon, en flytende organisk karboksylsyre, f. eks. eddiksyre eller i vann eller en blanding av disse oppløsningsmidler, spesielt en vannholdig blanding, f. eks. vandig eddiksyre ved værelses- an alcohol, e.g. methanol or ethanol, a ketone, e.g. acetone, an ether, diethyl ether, dioxane or tetrahydrofuran, an amide, e.g. dimethylformamide, a sulfone, e.g. dimethyl sulfone, a liquid organic carboxylic acid, e.g. acetic acid or in water or a mixture of these solvents, especially an aqueous mixture, e.g. aqueous acetic acid at room temperature
temperatur eller under avkjøling eller svak oppvarming, dvs. ved ca. -20°C til ca. + 90°C, f. eks. ved omtrent værelses-temperotur. Oksydasjonen kan også gjennomføres trinnvis, idet i første rekke oksyderes med lavere temperaturer, dvs. ved ca. -20°C til ca. 0°C, inntil sulfoksyd, som eventuelt isoleres hvorpå i annet trinn fortrinnsvis ved høyere temperaturer f. eks. ved værelsestemperatur oksyderes sulfoksydet til sulfon med formel IX. temperature or during cooling or slight heating, i.e. at approx. -20°C to approx. + 90°C, e.g. at approximately room temperature. The oxidation can also be carried out in stages, as it is primarily oxidized at lower temperatures, i.e. at approx. -20°C to approx. 0°C, until sulfoxide, which is possibly isolated, after which in a second step, preferably at higher temperatures, e.g. at room temperature, the sulfoxide is oxidized to sulfone of formula IX.
Til opparbeidelse kan eventuelt ennå tilstedeværende overskytende oksydasjonsmiddel spaltes ved reduksjon, spesielt ved behandling med et reduksjonsmiddel som tio-sulfat, f. eks. natriumtiosulfat. For processing, any excess oxidizing agent still present can be split by reduction, especially by treatment with a reducing agent such as thiosulphate, e.g. sodium thiosulfate.
I reaksjonen kan det anvendes såvel optiske inaktive forbindelser med formel VIII, som også tilsvarende optiske aktive forbindelser, spesielt slike med 3S-,4R-kon- In the reaction, both optically inactive compounds with formula VIII can be used, as well as corresponding optically active compounds, especially those with 3S-,4R-con-
figurasjon i azétidinon-ringen. figuration in the azétidinone ring.
Trinn 2.3: Forbindelse med formel III kan fremstilles idetStep 2.3: Compound of formula III can be prepared as
man solvolyserer et bisyklisk amid med formel IX med et egnet solvolysereagerens, som hvis ønsket i en ifølge fremgangsmåten oppnådd forbindelse med formel Illa omdanner en fri hydroksygruppe R., til en beskyttet hydroksygruppe R^. one solvolyzes a bicyclic amide of formula IX with a suitable solvolysis reagent, which, if desired, in a compound of formula IIIa obtained according to the method, converts a free hydroxy group R. into a protected hydroxy group R.
Egnede solvblysereagenser :. er eksempelvis organiske syrer, f. eks. laverealkankarboksylsyrer som maursyre, eddiksyre eller sulfonsyrer, f. eks. 4-toluensulfonsyrer eller metan-sulfonsyre, mineralsyre, f. eks. svovel- eller saltsyre, videre laverealkanoler, f. eks. metanol eller etanol eller lavere-alkandioler, f. eks. etylenglykol. Suitable solar torch reagents :. are, for example, organic acids, e.g. lower alkane carboxylic acids such as formic acid, acetic acid or sulphonic acids, e.g. 4-toluenesulfonic acids or methanesulfonic acid, mineral acid, e.g. sulfuric or hydrochloric acid, further lower alkanols, e.g. methanol or ethanol or lower alkane diols, e.g. ethylene glycol.
De nevnte solvolysereagenser tilsettes ufortynnet eller fortynnet med vann. Solvolysen kan også gjennomføres med rent vann. Solvolysen med syrereagerenser finner fortrinnsvis sted i disse reagensersvandige oppløsning, og ved temperaturer fra ca. -20°C til ca. 150°C, fortrinnsvis ved temperaturer inntil 110°C. The mentioned solvolysis reagents are added undiluted or diluted with water. The solvolysis can also be carried out with clean water. The solvolysis with acid reagents preferably takes place in these reagent aqueous solutions, and at temperatures from approx. -20°C to approx. 150°C, preferably at temperatures up to 110°C.
I reaksjonen kan det anvendes såvel optisk inaktive forbindelser med formel IX, f. eks. racemater eller diastereomerblandinger som også tilsvarende optisk aktive forbindelser, spesielt slike med 3S,4R-konfigurasjon i azetidinon- In the reaction, both optically inactive compounds of formula IX can be used, e.g. racemates or diastereomer mixtures as also corresponding optically active compounds, especially those with 3S,4R configuration in azetidinone-
ringen.the ring.
Dannede isomerblandinger av forbindelse med formel VIII, IX eller lilla, som racemater eller diastereomerblandinger kan adskilles på i og for seg kjent måte, Formed isomeric mixtures of compound of formula VIII, IX or purple, as racemates or diastereomer mixtures can be separated in a manner known per se,
f. eks. som nevnt ovenfor i de enkelte isomere som antipoder. e.g. as mentioned above in the individual isomers as antipodes.
Ifølge oppfinnelsen anvendbare optiske aktive trans-forbindelser med formel III kan også fremstilles etter følgende reaksjonsskjema III: According to the invention, optically active trans-compounds of formula III that can be used can also be prepared according to the following reaction scheme III:
i forbindelsene med formel XI-XIV og Illb betyr R^hydroksy eller spesielt en beskyttet hydroksygruppe. in the compounds of formula XI-XIV and IIIb, R represents hydroxy or, in particular, a protected hydroxy group.
Trinn'3.1: Forbindelse med formel XII er kjent eller kan fremstilles på i og for seg' kjent måte. De kan også fremstilles etter en ny fremgangsmåte idet man epimeriserer en forbindelse med formel XI, og hvis ønsket i en ifølge fremgangsmåten oppnådd forbindelse med formel XII overfører en beskyttet hydroksygruppe R^til en annen beskyttet hydroksygruppe R^. Step 3.1: Compound of formula XII is known or can be prepared in a manner known per se. They can also be prepared according to a new method by epimerizing a compound of formula XI, and if desired in a compound of formula XII obtained according to the method, a protected hydroxy group R^ is transferred to another protected hydroxy group R^.
Epimeriseringen foregår eksempelvis i nærvær avThe epimerization takes place, for example, in the presence of
et basisk middel som et amin, f. eks. et trilaverealkylamin..a basic agent such as an amine, e.g. a tri-lower alkylamine..
f, eks. trietylamin, eller etyl-diisopropylamin, et tertiært amin, f. eks. N,N-dimetylanilin, en aromatisk amin, f. eks. pyridin, eller et bisyklisk amin, f. eks. 1,5-diazabisyklo l_ 5, 4 , o7undec-5-en eller 1, 5-diazabisyklo/ 4 , 3, 0_7non-5-en, eller et alkalimetall-laverealkanolat, f. eks. natriummetanbiat, f, e.g. triethylamine, or ethyl diisopropylamine, a tertiary amine, e.g. N,N-dimethylaniline, an aromatic amine, e.g. pyridine, or a bicyclic amine, e.g. 1,5-diazabicyclo 1_ 5, 4 , o7undec-5-ene or 1, 5-diazabicyclo/ 4 , 3, 0_7non-5-ene, or an alkali metal lavereal canolate, e.g. sodium methanebiate,
natriumetanolat eller kalium-tert.-butanolat, eller et inert" sodium ethanolate or potassium tert-butanolate, or an inert"
oppløsningsmiddel, eksempelvis en eter, f. eks. dietyleter., dimetoksyetan, tetrahydrofuran eller dioksan, acetonitril eller dimetylformamid, eventuelt ved noe forhøyet eller nedsatt temperatur, f. eks. ved 0°C til 50°C, fortrinnsvis ved værelsestemperatur. solvent, for example an ether, e.g. diethyl ether., dimethoxyethane, tetrahydrofuran or dioxane, acetonitrile or dimethylformamide, optionally at a somewhat elevated or reduced temperature, e.g. at 0°C to 50°C, preferably at room temperature.
I de ifølge fremgangsmåten oppnådd forbindelse med formel XII kan en beskyttet hydroksygruppe R2erstattes med en annen beskyttet hydroksygruppe R^, f. eks. en hydrogenolytisk spaltbar beskyttet hydroksygruppe med en solvolytisk spaltbar beskyttet hydroksygruppe. Hydroksybeskyttelsesgruppe er spesielt de overnevnte hydrogenolytisk avspaltbare beskyttelsesgrupper, eksempelvis som angitt substituerte 1-fenyllaverealkyl eller fenyllaverealkoksykarbonyl, solvolytisk avspaltbare beskyttelsesgrupper, eksempelvis som angitt trisubstituert silyl. In the compounds of formula XII obtained according to the method, a protected hydroxy group R 2 can be replaced by another protected hydroxy group R 1 , e.g. a hydrogenolytically cleavable protected hydroxy group with a solvolytically cleavable protected hydroxy group. Hydroxy protecting groups are in particular the above-mentioned hydrogenolytically cleavable protecting groups, for example as indicated substituted 1-phenyl lower alkyl or phenyl lower oxycarbonyl, solvolytically cleavable protecting groups, for example as indicated trisubstituted silyl.
Omsetningen kan gjennomføres at man i første rekke fjerner den hydrogenolytiske avspaltbare hydroksybeskyttelsesgruppe og i den dannede forbindelse med formel XII hvori R^The reaction can be carried out by first removing the hydrogenolytically cleavable hydroxy protecting group and in the formed compound of formula XII in which R^
er hydroksy, innføre en solvolytisk avspaltbar hydroksybeskyttelsesgruppe . is hydroxy, introduce a solvolytically cleavable hydroxy protecting group.
Avspaltningen av en hydrogenolytisk avspaltbar be skyttelsesgruppe foregå f. eks. med hydrogen eller med en hydrogendonator, f. eks. sykloheksen eller sykloheksadien, The cleavage of a hydrogenolytically cleavable protecting group takes place e.g. with hydrogen or with a hydrogen donor, e.g. cyclohexene or cyclohexadiene,
i nærvsær av en hydrogeneringskatalysator som en palladiumkatalysator, f. eks. palladium på kull i et inert oppløsnings-middel som et halogenert hydrokarbon, f. eks. metylenklorid en laverealkanol, f. eks. metanol eller etanol, en eter, in the presence of a hydrogenation catalyst such as a palladium catalyst, e.g. palladium on charcoal in an inert solvent such as a halogenated hydrocarbon, e.g. methylene chloride a lower alkanol, e.g. methanol or ethanol, an ether,
f. eks. dioksan eller tetrahydrofuran, eller også i vann eller i blandinger herav, ved en temperatur fra ca. 0 til ca. 8 0°C, fortrinnsvis ved værelsestemperatur. Avspaltningen kan også gjennomføres med et reduserende metall som sink, eller en reduserende metall-legering, f. eks. kobber-sink-legering, e.g. dioxane or tetrahydrofuran, or also in water or in mixtures thereof, at a temperature from approx. 0 to approx. 8 0°C, preferably at room temperature. The separation can also be carried out with a reducing metal such as zinc, or a reducing metal alloy, e.g. copper-zinc alloy,
i nærvær av et protonavgivende middel som en organisk syre,in the presence of a proton donating agent such as an organic acid,
f. eks. eddiksyre eller også en laverealkanol, f. eks. etanol. e.g. acetic acid or also a lower alkanol, e.g. ethanol.
Innføringen av den solvolytiske avspaltbare hydroksybeskyttelsesgruppe foregår eksempelvis med en for- The introduction of the solvolytic cleavable hydroxy protecting group takes place, for example, with a pre-
bindelse med formel R^-X^, hvori R^' betyr hydroksybeskytteL.-— bond of formula R^-X^, in which R^' means hydroxy protecting L.-—
sesgruppe, X3 betyr f. eks. en reaksjonsdyktig forestret hydroksygruppe, eksempelvis halogen, f. eks. klor, brom eller jod, eller sulfonyloksy, som metansulfonyloksy, bensensulfonyloksy eller 4-toluensulfonyloksy. viewing group, X3 means e.g. a reactive esterified hydroxy group, for example halogen, e.g. chlorine, bromine or iodine, or sulfonyloxy, such as methanesulfonyloxy, benzenesulfonyloxy or 4-toluenesulfonyloxy.
Omsetningen foregår i et inert oppløsnings-middel som en eter, f. eks. dietyleter, dioksan eller tetrahydrof uran, et hydrokarbon, f. eks. bensen eller toluen med en halogenhydrogenkarbon, f. eks. metylenklorid i dimetyl-sulfoksyd eller acetonitril, i nærvær av et basisk kondensasjonsmiddel som et alkalimétallhydroksyd eller -karbonat, f. eks. natrium- eller kaliumhydroksyd eller natrium- eller kaliumkarbonat, et alkalimetallamid eller -hydrid, f. eks. natriumamid eller natriumhydrid, f. eks. natriumamid eller natriumhydrid, et alkalimetall-laverealkanolat, f. eks. natriummetanolat eller -etanolat, eller kalium-tert.-butanolat, eller et amin, The reaction takes place in an inert solvent such as an ether, e.g. diethyl ether, dioxane or tetrahydrofuran, a hydrocarbon, e.g. benzene or toluene with a halohydrocarbon, e.g. methylene chloride in dimethyl sulfoxide or acetonitrile, in the presence of a basic condensing agent such as an alkali metal hydroxide or carbonate, e.g. sodium or potassium hydroxide or sodium or potassium carbonate, an alkali metal amide or hydride, e.g. sodium amide or sodium hydride, e.g. sodium amide or sodium hydride, an alkali metal lower alkanolate, e.g. sodium methanolate or ethanolate, or potassium tert.-butanolate, or an amine,
f. eks. trietylamin, pyridin eller imidazol, ved værelsestemperatur eller forhøyet eller lavere temperatur, f. eks. e.g. triethylamine, pyridine or imidazole, at room temperature or elevated or lower temperature, e.g.
ved ca. -20°C til ca. 80°C, fortrinnsvis ved værelsestemperatur . at approx. -20°C to approx. 80°C, preferably at room temperature.
Utgangsforbindelser med formel XI er eksempelvis kjent fra tysk Offenlegungsschrift 3 039 504 og fra britisk søknad 20 61 930. Starting compounds with formula XI are known, for example, from German Offenlegungsschrift 3 039 504 and from British application 20 61 930.
Trinn 3.2: En forbindelse med formel XIII kan fremstilles idet man behandler en Penam-forbindelse med formel XII med et basisk middel som méd et forestringsmiddel som innfører resten Rq. Step 3.2: A compound of formula XIII can be prepared by treating a Penam compound of formula XII with a basic agent such as with an esterifying agent which introduces the residue Rq.
Et egnet basisk middel er eksempelvis et av de under trinn 3.1 nevnte basiske midler, spesielt et av de nevnte bisykliske aminer, videre også et alkalimetallamid eller -hydrid, f. eks. natriumamid eller natriumhydrid. A suitable basic agent is, for example, one of the basic agents mentioned under step 3.1, especially one of the mentioned bicyclic amines, also an alkali metal amide or hydride, e.g. sodium amide or sodium hydride.
En rest RQer eksempelvis en av de under trinn 1.1 nevnte organiske rester, spesielt eventuelt substituert laverealkyl, f. eks. metyl,etyl eller 2-hydroksyetyl eller bensyl. A residue RQ is, for example, one of the organic residues mentioned under step 1.1, especially optionally substituted lower alkyl, e.g. methyl, ethyl or 2-hydroxyethyl or benzyl.
Et forestringsmiddel som innfører resten R oer f. eks. en forbindelse med formel Rg-X^, hvori X^ betyr reak- An esterification agent that introduces the residue R oer e.g. a compound of formula Rg-X^, in which X^ means react-
sjonsdyktig forestret hydroksy, f. eks. halogen som klor, sionable esterified hydroxy, e.g. halogen such as chlorine,
brom eller jod, eller sulfonyloksy, som metansulfonyloksy, bensensulfonyloksy eller 4-toluensulfonyloksy. For innføring av en 2-hydroksyetylrest er også egnet etylenoksyd. bromine or iodo, or sulfonyloxy, such as methanesulfonyloxy, benzenesulfonyloxy or 4-toluenesulfonyloxy. Ethylene oxide is also suitable for introducing a 2-hydroxyethyl residue.
Omsetningen gjennomføres fortrinnsvis i to trinn, idet man i første trinn behandler Penam-forbindelsen med formel XIII med minst ekvimolare mengder av det basiske middel, The reaction is preferably carried out in two steps, with the Penam compound of formula XIII being treated in the first step with at least equimolar amounts of the basic agent,
og omsetter et dannet mellomprodukt med formeland reacts a formed intermediate with formula
hvori B betyr den protonerte form (kation) av det basiske middel, fortrinnsvis uten isolering fra reaksjonsblandingen med forestringsmidler. Reaksjonen gjennomføres i et inert oppløsningsmiddel, eksempelvis en eter, f. eks. dietyleter, wherein B means the protonated form (cation) of the basic agent, preferably without isolation from the reaction mixture with esterification agents. The reaction is carried out in an inert solvent, for example an ether, e.g. diethyl ether,
dimetoksyetan, tetrahydrofuran, eller dioksan i acetonitril, dimetylformamid eller heksametylfosforsyretriamid, eventuelt ved noe forhøyet eller nedsatt temperatur, f. eks. ved ca. 0 til 50°C, fortrinnsvis ved værelsestemperatur.- ved en fore- dimethoxyethane, tetrahydrofuran, or dioxane in acetonitrile, dimethylformamide or hexamethylphosphoric acid triamide, optionally at a somewhat elevated or reduced temperature, e.g. at approx. 0 to 50°C, preferably at room temperature.
trukket utførelsesform av fremgangsmåten fremstilles Penam-forbindelsen med formel XII in situ, idet man som omtalt under trinn<*>3.1 behandler en forbindelse med formel XI først med katalytiske mengder av 'det basiske middel, f. eks. 1,5-diazabisyklo/ 5,4,0/undec-5-en, og deretter omsetter med i det minste ekvimolare mengde av det samme basiske middel og av forestringsmidler videre til forbindelsene med formel XIII. drawn embodiment of the method, the Penam compound of formula XII is prepared in situ, treating a compound of formula XI first with catalytic amounts of the basic agent, e.g. 1,5-diazabicyclo/ 5,4,0/undec-5-ene, and then reacts with at least an equimolar amount of the same basic agent and of esterifying agents further to the compounds of formula XIII.
Trinn 3.3: Et oksalyl-azetidinon med formel XIV kan fremstilles idet man ozoniserer en forbindelse med formel XIII Step 3.3: An oxalyl-azetidinone of formula XIV can be prepared by ozonizing a compound of formula XIII
og spalter det dannede ozonid reduktivt til okso-forbindelse. and cleaves the formed ozonide reductively to oxo compound.
Ozoniseringen gjennomføres vanligvis i en ozonoksygenblanding i et inert oppløsningsmiddel som en laverealkanol, f. eks. metanol eller etanol, en laverealkanon, The ozonation is usually carried out in an ozone-oxygen mixture in an inert solvent such as a lower alkanol, e.g. methanol or ethanol, a lower alkane,
f. eks. aceton, et eventuelt halogenert hydrokarbon, f. eks. et halogenlaverealkan, som metylenklorid eller karbontetra- e.g. acetone, an optionally halogenated hydrocarbon, e.g. a halogen-lower alkane, such as methylene chloride or carbon tetra-
klorid, eller i ehoppløsningsmiddelblanding, inkludert en vandig blanding, fortrinnsvis under avkjøling, f. eks. ved temperaturer fra ca. -80° til ca. 0°C. chloride, or in a solvent mixture, including an aqueous mixture, preferably under cooling, e.g. at temperatures from approx. -80° to approx. 0°C.
Et som mellomprodukt dannet ozonid spaltes vanligvis uten å isoleres reduktivt i en forbindelse med formel XIV, idet man anvender katalytiske aktiverte hydrogen, f.eks. hydrogen i nærvær av tungmetallhydrogeneringskatalysator som en nikkel- videre palladiumkatalysator, fortrinnsvis pa et egnet bæremateriale, som kalsiumkarbonat eller kull, eller kjemisk reduksjonsmiddel som reduserende tungmetaller innbefattende tungmetall-legeringer eller -amalgamer, f. eks. sink, i nærvær av en hydrogendonator, som en syre, f. -eks. eddiksyre eller en alkohol, f. eks. laverealkanol, reduserende uorganiske salter, som alkalimetailjodider, f. eks. natriumdijodid eller alkalimetallhydrogensulfiter, f. eks. natriumhydrogensulfit, An ozonide formed as an intermediate is usually split without reductive isolation in a compound of formula XIV, using catalytically activated hydrogen, e.g. hydrogen in the presence of heavy metal hydrogenation catalyst such as a nickel-further palladium catalyst, preferably on a suitable support material, such as calcium carbonate or coal, or chemical reducing agent such as reducing heavy metals including heavy metal alloys or amalgams, e.g. zinc, in the presence of a hydrogen donor, such as an acid, e.g. acetic acid or an alcohol, e.g. lower alkanol, reducing inorganic salts, such as alkali metal iodides, e.g. sodium diiodide or alkali metal hydrogen sulphites, e.g. sodium hydrogen sulphite,
i nærvær av en hydrogendonator som en syre, f. eks. eddiksyre eller vann eller reduserende organiske forbindelser som maursyre. Som reduksjonsmiddel kan det også komme til anvendelse forbindelser som lett kan omdannes i de tilsvarende epoksyd-forbindelser eller oksyder, idet epoksyd-dannelsen kan foregå in the presence of a hydrogen donor such as an acid, e.g. acetic acid or water or reducing organic compounds such as formic acid. As a reducing agent, compounds can also be used which can easily be converted into the corresponding epoxide compounds or oxides, as the epoxide formation can take place
på grunn av en C,C-dobbeltbinding og oksyd-dannelsen på grunn av en tilstedeværende oksyc-dannende hetero-, som svovel-, fosfor- due to a C,C double bond and the oxide formation due to a present oxyc-forming hetero-, such as sulphur, phosphorus-
eller nitrogenatom. Slike forbindelser er for, eksempel egnede substituerte etenforbindelser (som i reaksjonen omdannes til ebylenoksydforbindelser) som tetracyanetyleri eller spesielt egnede sulfidforbindelser (som i reaksjonen omdannes til sulfoksydforbindelser), som dilaverealkylsulfider i første rekke dimetylsulfid, egnede organiske fosforforbindelser som et eventuelt med fenyl og/eller laverealkyl, f. eks. metyl, etyl, n-propyl, n-butyl, substituert fosfin (som i reaksjonen omdannes til et fosfinoksyd), som trilaverealkylfosfiner, f. eks. tri-n-butylfosfin eller trifenylfosfin, videre tri-lavere-alkylfosfit (som i reaksjonen omdannes til fosforsyretri-laverealkylestere), vanligvis i form av tilsvarende alkohol-adduktforbindelser som trimetylfosfit eller fosforsyretri-amider, som eventuelt inneholder laverealkyl som substituenter som heksalaverealkylfosforsyrling-triamider, f. eks. heksa- or nitrogen atom. Such compounds are, for example, suitable substituted ethylene compounds (which in the reaction are converted into ebylene oxide compounds) such as tetracyanethylery or particularly suitable sulphide compounds (which in the reaction are converted into sulphoxide compounds), such as dilave alkyl sulphides primarily dimethyl sulphide, suitable organic phosphorus compounds such as optionally with phenyl and/or lower alkyl, e.g. methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, n-butyl, substituted phosphine (which in the reaction is converted to a phosphine oxide), such as trilower alkylphosphines, e.g. tri-n-butylphosphine or triphenylphosphine, also tri-lower alkyl phosphite (which in the reaction is converted into phosphoric acid tri-lower alkyl esters), usually in the form of corresponding alcohol adduct compounds such as trimethyl phosphite or phosphoric acid triamides, which optionally contain lower alkyl as substituents such as hexalower alkyl phosphoric acid triamides , e.g. hexa-
metylfosforsyrling-triamid, sistnevnte fortrinnsvis i form methyl phosphoric acid triamide, the latter preferably in form
av et metanoladdukt, videre egnede nitrogenbaser (som i reaksjonen omdannes til tilsvarende N-oksyder) som heterosykliske nitrogenbaser av aromatisk karakter, f. eks. baser av pyridintypen og spesielt pyridin selv. Spaltningen av det vanlig- of a methanol adduct, further suitable nitrogen bases (which in the reaction are converted into corresponding N-oxides) such as heterocyclic nitrogen bases of an aromatic character, e.g. bases of the pyridine type and especially pyridine itself. The splitting of the usual
vis ikke-isolerte ozonid foregår normalt under de betingelser som kan anvendes i dets fremstilling, dvs. i nærvær av et egnet oppløsningsmiddel eller oppløsningsmiddelblanding, samt under avkjøling eller svak oppvarming, idet man fortrinnsvis arbeider ved temperaturer fra ca. -10 til ca- +25°C, og av-slutter reaksjonen vanligvis ved værelsestemperatur. vis non-isolated ozonide normally takes place under the conditions that can be used in its preparation, i.e. in the presence of a suitable solvent or solvent mixture, as well as under cooling or slight heating, preferably working at temperatures from approx. -10 to approx. +25°C, and the reaction usually ends at room temperature.
Trinn 3.4: Et azedinon med formel Illb kan fremstilles idet man solvolyserer et oksalyl-azetidinon med formel XIV. Step 3.4: An azedinone of formula IIIb can be prepared by solvolyzing an oxalyl-azetidinone of formula XIV.
Solvolysen kan gjennomføres som hydrolyse, som alkoholyse eller også som hydrazinolyse. Hydrolysen gjennom-føres med vann eventuelt i et med vann blandbart oppløsnings-middel. Alkoholysen gjennomføres vanligvis med en laverealkanol, f. eks. metanol eller etanol, fortrinnsvis i nærvær av vann eller et organiske oppløsningsmiddel som en laverealkankarboksylsyre-laverealkylester, f. eks. eddiksyre-etyl-ester, fortrinnsvis ved værelsestemperatur, hvis nødvendig under avkjøling eller oppvarming, f. eks. ved en temperatur fra ca. The solvolysis can be carried out as hydrolysis, as alcoholysis or also as hydrazinolysis. The hydrolysis is carried out with water, possibly in a water-miscible solvent. The alcoholysis is usually carried out with a lower alkanol, e.g. methanol or ethanol, preferably in the presence of water or an organic solvent such as a lower alkane carboxylic acid lower alkyl ester, e.g. acetic acid ethyl ester, preferably at room temperature, if necessary during cooling or heating, e.g. at a temperature from approx.
0° til ca. 80°C. Hydraziholysen gjennomføres på vanlig måte med et substituert hydrasin, f. eks. med fenyl- eller et nitrofenylhydrasin som 2-nitrofenylhydrasin, 4-nitrofenylhydrasin, eller 2,4-diriitrofenylhydrasin, som fortrinnsvis anvendes i omtrent ekvimolar mengde i et organisk oppløsnings-middel som en eter, f. eks. tetrahydrofuran, dioksan, dietyleter, et aromatisk hydrokarbon som bensen eller toluen,. et halogenert hydrokarbon som metylenklorid, klorbensen eller diklorbensen, en ester som metylacetat, og lignende ved temperaturer mellom ca. værelsestemperatur og ca. 65°C. 0° to approx. 80°C. The hydraziholysis is carried out in the usual way with a substituted hydrazine, e.g. with phenyl or a nitrophenylhydrazine such as 2-nitrophenylhydrazine, 4-nitrophenylhydrazine, or 2,4-diiritrophenylhydrazine, which is preferably used in an approximately equimolar amount in an organic solvent such as an ether, e.g. tetrahydrofuran, dioxane, diethyl ether, an aromatic hydrocarbon such as benzene or toluene,. a halogenated hydrocarbon such as methylene chloride, chlorobenzene or dichlorobenzene, an ester such as methyl acetate, and the like at temperatures between approx. room temperature and approx. 65°C.
I en foretrukket utførelsesform av fremgangsmåten går man ut fra en forbindelse med formel XIII som ozoniseres som angitt, og deretter spaltes reduktivt til oksalyl-azedinon med formel XIV som omsettes uten isolering fra reak- In a preferred embodiment of the method, the starting point is a compound of formula XIII which is ozonized as indicated, and then reductively cleaved to oxalyl-azedinone of formula XIV which is reacted without isolation from the reaction
sjonsblandingen videre til azedionon med formel Illb. sion mixture further to azedionone of formula IIIb.
Ved ozonolysen oppstår eventuelt mindre mengder av syren som kan bevirke avspaltning av en solvolytisk lett avspaltbar rest , f.eks. en trisubstituert silylrest. Den derved dannede forbindelse med formel During the ozonolysis, possibly smaller amounts of the acid occur which can cause the cleavage of a solvolytically easily cleavable residue, e.g. a trisubstituted silyl residue. The thereby formed compound of formula
kan eksempelvis kromatogafisk adskilles fra beskyttet azetidinon og ved fornyet omsetning med midler som innfører hydroksybeskyttelsesgruppen R^<1>og med formel ^'""X-j overføres i azetidinon med formel Illb. can, for example, be separated from protected azetidinone by chromatogafic and by renewed reaction with agents that introduce the hydroxy protecting group R^<1> and of formula ^'""X-j be transferred into azetidinone of formula IIIb.
I forbindelsene med formel II, II<1>, V, VI og XII-XIV kan en gruppe R_ etter i og for seg kjente metoder over-føres i en annen gruppe R2,idet det under hensyntagen til eventuelt i disse forbindelser inneholdte ytterligere funksjonelle grupper, kan komme til anvendelse samme metode som er angitt i omvendelse av disse substituenter i forbindelsene med'formel I. In the compounds of formula II, II<1>, V, VI and XII-XIV, a group R_ can be transferred to another group R2 according to methods known per se, taking into account the possible additional functional elements contained in these compounds groups, the same method as indicated in the conversion of these substituents in the compounds of formula I can be applied.
Oppfinnelsen vedrører likeledes nye utgangspro-dukter samt ifølge fremgangsmåten oppnåelige nye mellomprodukter som de, med formlene II til IV, VIII, IX og XII til XIV, samt de angitte fremgangsmåter til deres fremstilling. The invention likewise relates to new starting products as well as new intermediate products obtainable according to the method, such as those with the formulas II to IV, VIII, IX and XII to XIV, as well as the specified methods for their preparation.
Fortrinnsvis anvendes slike utgangsstoffer og reaksjonsbetingelsene velges således at man kommer i de ovenfor som spesielt foretrukket oppførte forbindelser. Such starting materials are preferably used and the reaction conditions are chosen so that the compounds listed above as particularly preferred are obtained.
De farmakologiske anvendbare forbindelser ifølge oppfinnelsen kan f. eks. anvendes til fremstilling av farma-søytiske preparater, som inneholder virksom mengde av det aktive stoff sammen eller i blanding med uorganiske eller organiske faste eller flytende farmasøytiske anvendbare bære-stoffer som egner seg til oral eller parenteral, dvs. intra-muskulær, subkutan eller intraperitoneal administrering. The pharmacologically usable compounds according to the invention can e.g. is used for the production of pharmaceutical preparations, which contain an effective amount of the active substance together or in a mixture with inorganic or organic solid or liquid pharmaceutical carriers that are suitable for oral or parenteral administration, i.e. intramuscular, subcutaneous or intraperitoneal administration.
Til oral administrering anvender man tabletterTablets are used for oral administration
eller gelatinkapsler som inneholder det virksomme stoff sammen__ or gelatin capsules containing the active substance together__
med fortynningsmidler, f. eks. laktose, dekstrose, sukrose, mannitol, sorbitol, cellulose, og/eller glycin og smøremidler f. eks. kiseljord, talkum, stearinsyre eller salter herav, with diluents, e.g. lactose, dextrose, sucrose, mannitol, sorbitol, cellulose, and/or glycine and lubricants e.g. diatomaceous earth, talc, stearic acid or salts thereof,
som magnesium- eller kalsiumstearat og/eller polyetylenglykol, such as magnesium or calcium stearate and/or polyethylene glycol,
tabletter inneholdende likeledes bindemidler, f. eks. magnesium-aluminiumsilikat, stivelser, som mais-, hvete-, ris- eller pilrotstivelse, gelatiner, tragant, metylcellulose, natrium-karboksymetylcellulose, og/eller polyvinylpyrrolidon, og hvis ønsket sprengmidler, f. eks. stivelser, agar, alginsyre eller salt herav, som natriumalginat, og/eller bruseblandinger eller adsorpsjonsmidler, farvestoffer, smaksstoffer eller søtnings-midler. tablets also containing binders, e.g. magnesium aluminum silicate, starches, such as corn, wheat, rice or arrowroot starch, gelatins, tragacanth, methylcellulose, sodium carboxymethylcellulose, and/or polyvinylpyrrolidone, and if desired explosives, e.g. starches, agar, alginic acid or salts thereof, such as sodium alginate, and/or fizzy mixes or adsorbents, colourings, flavorings or sweeteners.
Til parenteral administrering egner det seg i første rekke infusjonsoppløsninger, fortrinnsvis isotoniske, vandige oppløsninger eller suspensjoner, idet disse f. eks. For parenteral administration, infusion solutions are primarily suitable, preferably isotonic, aqueous solutions or suspensions, as these e.g.
før bruk kan fremstilles av lyofiliserte preparater som inneholder det virksomme stoff alene eller sammen med bærematerial, f. eks. manitt. Slike preparater kan være steriliserte og/ eller inneholde hjelpestoffer, f. eks. konserverings-,stabili-ser-, fukte- og/eller emulgeringsmidler, oppløselighetsfor-midlere, salter til regulering av det osmotiske trykk, og/eller puffere. before use can be prepared from lyophilized preparations containing the active substance alone or together with carrier material, e.g. Manitou. Such preparations may be sterilized and/or contain excipients, e.g. preservatives, stabilisers, wetting and/or emulsifiers, solubility mediators, salts for regulating the osmotic pressure, and/or buffers.
De farmasøytiske preparater som hvis ønsket kan inneholde ytterligere farmakologisk verdifulle stoffer, fremstilles på i og for seg kjent måte, f. eks. ved hjelp av vanlige blande-, oppløsnings- eller lyofiliseringsfremgangsmåter, The pharmaceutical preparations which, if desired, can contain further pharmacologically valuable substances, are produced in a manner known per se, e.g. using conventional mixing, dissolving or lyophilization methods,
og inneholder fra ca. 0,1 til 10.0 %, spesielt fra ca. 1 % til ca. 50 % lyofilisater inntil 100 % av det aktive stoff. and contains from approx. 0.1 to 10.0%, especially from approx. 1% to approx. 50% lyophilisates up to 100% of the active substance.
Alt etter infeksjonstype og tilstanden av in-fiserte organismer anvender man daglige doser på ca. 0,1 til ca. 5 g (ved oral applikasjon av (5R,6S)-2-(4-aminobutyl)-6-hydroksy-metyl-fenem-3-karboksylsyre, f. eks. to daglige doser til ca. Depending on the type of infection and the condition of the infected organisms, daily doses of approx. 0.1 to approx. 5 g (by oral application of (5R,6S)-2-(4-aminobutyl)-6-hydroxy-methyl-phenem-3-carboxylic acid, e.g. two daily doses to approx.
0,2 5 til lg) til behandling av varmblodsdyr (mennesker og dyr) på ca. 70 kg vekt. 0.2 5 to lg) for the treatment of warm-blooded animals (humans and animals) of approx. 70 kg weight.
Følgende eksempler tjener til nærmere forklaringThe following examples serve for further explanation
av oppfinnelsen. Temperaturene angis i Celsiusgrader.of the invention. Temperatures are given in degrees Celsius.
I eksemplene anvendes følgende forkortelser:In the examples, the following abbreviations are used:
DC: tynnsjiktkromatogram, DC: thin layer chromatogram,
IR: infrarødspektrum,IR: infrared spectrum,
UV: ultrafiolett spektrum,UV: ultraviolet spectrum,
Smp: smeltepunktmp: melting point
DBU: 1,5-diazabisyklo/ 5.4.0/undec-5-en.DBU: 1,5-diazabicyclo/ 5.4.0/undec-5-ene.
Eksempel 1: trans-2,2-dimetyl-8-hydroksymetyl-3-oksa-6-tia-l-azabisyklo/ 5.2.0/nonan-9-on. Example 1: trans-2,2-dimethyl-8-hydroxymethyl-3-oxa-6-thia-1-azabicyclo/5.2.0/nonan-9-one.
En 2,0 molar oppløsning av n-butyllitium i n-heksan (0,11 mol) tildryppes under omrøring ved -65°C og under nitrogen til en oppløsning av 11,0 g (15,5 ml 0,11 mol), diisopropylamin i 2 00 ml tørr tetrahydrofuran. Blandingen om- A 2.0 molar solution of n-butyllithium in n-hexane (0.11 mol) is added dropwise with stirring at -65°C and under nitrogen to a solution of 11.0 g (15.5 ml 0.11 mol), diisopropylamine in 200 ml of dry tetrahydrofuran. The mixture re-
røres 15 minutter ved -65°C. I løpet av 15 minutter tilsettes en oppløsning av 18,7 g (0,1 mol) 2,2-dimetyl-3-oksa-6-tia-l-azabisyklo/ 5 . 2 . 0/-nonan^-9-on i 80 ml tørr tetrahydrof uran under omrøring med -65°C. Blandingen omrøres deretter ytterligere i 10 minutter ved -65°C. Formaldehydgass frembringes i en ad-skilt kolbe ved oppvarming av formaldehyd/sykloheksanon-addukter ved 150°C og som på vanlig måte fremstilles ved omsetning av en vandig oppløsning av formaldehyd og sykloheksanol. En overskytende mengde av tørr formaldehydgass omrøres deretter langsomt over reaksjonsblandingen ved -65°C. Blandingen om-røres 30 minutter ved -65°C. Den kalde reaksjonsblanding helles stirred for 15 minutes at -65°C. In the course of 15 minutes, a solution of 18.7 g (0.1 mol) of 2,2-dimethyl-3-oxa-6-thia-1-azabicyclo/5 is added. 2. 0/-nonan^-9-one in 80 ml of dry tetrahydrofuran with stirring at -65°C. The mixture is then stirred for a further 10 minutes at -65°C. Formaldehyde gas is produced in a separate flask by heating formaldehyde/cyclohexanone adducts at 150°C and which is normally produced by reacting an aqueous solution of formaldehyde and cyclohexanol. An excess amount of dry formaldehyde gas is then slowly stirred over the reaction mixture at -65°C. The mixture is stirred for 30 minutes at -65°C. The cold reaction mixture is poured
på en blanding av 250 g is og 250 g vann. 250 ml kloroform og 110 ml 2,0 n saltsyre tilsettes. Etter blandingens rysting adskilles det organiske sjikt. Etter tilsetning av 60 g natriumklorid ekstraheres det vandige sjikt deretter to ganger med kloroform. Den organiske oppløsning tørkes over natriumsulfat og filtreres. Oppløsningsmidlet fjernes ved fordampning. Det dannet residuet er en gulaktig, oljeaktig væske. on a mixture of 250 g ice and 250 g water. 250 ml of chloroform and 110 ml of 2.0 N hydrochloric acid are added. After shaking the mixture, the organic layer is separated. After adding 60 g of sodium chloride, the aqueous layer is then extracted twice with chloroform. The organic solution is dried over sodium sulfate and filtered. The solvent is removed by evaporation. The residue formed is a yellowish, oily liquid.
Eksempel 2: (5R, 7R, QS)-2,2,5-trimetyl-8-hydroksymetyl-3-oksa-6-tia-l-azabisyklo/ 5.2.0/nonan-9-on. Example 2: (5R,7R,QS)-2,2,5-trimethyl-8-hydroxymethyl-3-oxa-6-thia-1-azabicyclo/5.2.0/nonan-9-one.
Denne forbindelse fåes på analog måte til eksempel 1 ved omsetning av metallert (5R, 7R)-2,2,5-trimetyl-3-oksa-6-tia-l-azabisyklo-/ 5.2.0/nonan-9-on med formaldehyd. This compound is obtained in an analogous manner to example 1 by reacting metallated (5R, 7R)-2,2,5-trimethyl-3-oxa-6-thia-1-azabicyclo-/5.2.0/nonan-9-one with formaldehyde.
Eksempel 3: trans-2,2-dimetyl-8-(4-nitrobenzyloksykarbonyl-oksymetyl)-3-oksa-6-tia-l-azabisyklo/ 5.2J^nonan-9-on. Example 3: trans-2,2-dimethyl-8-(4-nitrobenzyloxycarbonyloxymethyl)-3-oxa-6-thia-1-azabicyclo/5,2N-nonan-9-one.
21,6 g (0,1 mol) fast klorkarbonsyre-4-nitrobenzyl-ester tilsettes ved -10°C til en oppløsning av 22 g rå.trans-2,2-dimetyl-8-hydroksymetyl-3-oksa-6-tia-l-azabisyklo/ 5.2.0/ nonan-9-on i 250 ml metylenklorid. 12,2 g (0,1 mol) fast 4-di-. metylaminopyridin settes i små porsjoner i løpet av 30 minutter til oppløsningen. Blandingen omrøres 4 timer ved 3 til 5°C. Den kalde blanding vaskes med 200 ml 0,5 n vandig klorhydro-gensyre og en vandig natriumkloridoppløsning. 21.6 g (0.1 mol) of solid chlorocarbonic acid 4-nitrobenzyl ester are added at -10°C to a solution of 22 g of crude trans-2,2-dimethyl-8-hydroxymethyl-3-oxa-6- thia-1-azabicyclo/ 5.2.0/ nonan-9-one in 250 ml of methylene chloride. 12.2 g (0.1 mol) solid 4-di-. methylaminopyridine is added in small portions over 30 minutes to the solution. The mixture is stirred for 4 hours at 3 to 5°C. The cold mixture is washed with 200 ml of 0.5 N aqueous hydrochloric acid and an aqueous sodium chloride solution.
Den organiske fase tørkes over natriumsylfat og filtreres. Oppløsningsmidlet fjernes ved fordampning. Det dannede residuet er et gult skum. Omkrystalliseringen fra isopropanol er et fast stoff med smeltepunkt 82°C. The organic phase is dried over sodium sulfate and filtered. The solvent is removed by evaporation. The residue formed is a yellow foam. The recrystallization from isopropanol is a solid with a melting point of 82°C.
Eksempel 4: (5R,7R,8S)-2,2,5-trimetyl-8-(4-nitrobenzyloksykarbonyl-oksymetyl)-3-oksa-6-tia-l-azabisyklo /~5.2.0/nonan-9-on. Example 4: (5R,7R,8S)-2,2,5-trimethyl-8-(4-nitrobenzyloxycarbonyl-oxymethyl)-3-oxa-6-thia-1-azabicyclo /~5.2.0/nonan-9- Wed.
Denne forbindelse fåes på analog måte til eksempel 3 ved omsetning av (5R, 7R, 8S)-2 , 2 , 5-trimetyl-3-hydroksymetyl-3- oksa-6-tia-l-azabisyklo/ 5.2.0?nonan-9-on med klorkarbonsyre-4- nitrobenzylester i nærvær av 4-dimetylaminopyridin. This compound is obtained in an analogous manner to example 3 by reacting (5R, 7R, 8S)-2, 2, 5-trimethyl-3-hydroxymethyl-3-oxa-6-thia-1-azabicyclo/5.2.0?nonane- 9-one with chlorocarbonic acid-4-nitrobenzyl ester in the presence of 4-dimethylaminopyridine.
Eksempel 5: trans-2,2-dimetyl-8-(4-nitrobenzyloksykarbonyloksy-metyl)-3-oksa-6-tiå-l-azabisyklo/ 5.2.O/nonan-9-on-6-dioksyd. Example 5: trans-2,2-dimethyl-8-(4-nitrobenzyloxycarbonyloxymethyl)-3-oxa-6-thio-1-azabicyclo[5.2.O]nonan-9-one-6-dioxide.
47,8 g (0,25 mol) m-klorperbenzosyre settes i løpet av 30 minutter ved -10°C i små porsjoner til en oppløsning av ca. 40 g trans-2,2-dimetyl-8-(4-nitrobenzyloksykarbonyloksy-metyl)-3-oksa-6-tia-l-azabisyklo/~5.2.0/nonan-9-on i 500 ml metylenklorid. 47.8 g (0.25 mol) of m-chloroperbenzoic acid are added during 30 minutes at -10°C in small portions to a solution of approx. 40 g of trans-2,2-dimethyl-8-(4-nitrobenzyloxycarbonyloxymethyl)-3-oxa-6-thia-1-azabicyclo/~5.2.0/nonan-9-one in 500 ml of methylene chloride.
Blandingen omrøres deretter 1 time ved 0°C, vaskes med mettet vandig natriumbikarbonatoppløsning, 10 %-ig natrium-bisulfitoppløsning og igjen med mettet vandig natriumbi-karbonatoppløsning. Det organiske sjikt tørkes over natriumsulfat og filtreres. Oppløsningsmidlet fjernes ved fordampning. Det dannede residuet er et fast stoff som omkrystalli- The mixture is then stirred for 1 hour at 0°C, washed with saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate solution, 10% sodium bisulphite solution and again with saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate solution. The organic layer is dried over sodium sulfate and filtered. The solvent is removed by evaporation. The residue formed is a solid which recrystallizes
seres fra isopropanol. Sm.p. 158°C. seres from isopropanol. Sm.p. 158°C.
Eksempel 6: (5R,7R,8S)-2,2,5-trimetyl-8-(4-nitrobenzyloksy-karbonyloksymetyl)-3-oksa-6-tia-l-azabisyklo/ 5.2.0/ nonan-9-on-6-dioksyd. Example 6: (5R,7R,8S)-2,2,5-trimethyl-8-(4-nitrobenzyloxy-carbonyloxymethyl)-3-oxa-6-thia-1-azabicyclo/ 5.2.0/ nonan-9-one -6-dioxide.
Denne forbindelse fåes på analog måte til eksempel 5 ved omsetning av (5R,7R,8S)-2,2,5-trimetyl-8-(4-nitrobenzyl-oksykarbony lok syrne tyl )-3-oksa-6-tia-l-azabisyklo/ 5.2.0/nonan-9-on med m-klorperbenzosyre. This compound is obtained in an analogous manner to example 5 by reaction of (5R,7R,8S)-2,2,5-trimethyl-8-(4-nitrobenzyl-oxycarbonyl oxycarbonyl)-3-oxa-6-thia-1 -azabicyclo/ 5.2.0/nonan-9-one with m-chloroperbenzoic acid.
Eksempel 7: trans-3-(4-nitrobenzyloksykarbonyloksymetyl)-4-(2-hydroksyetylsulfonyl)-azetidin-2-on. Example 7: trans-3-(4-nitrobenzyloxycarbonyloxymethyl)-4-(2-hydroxyethylsulfonyl)-azetidin-2-one.
4,35 g (10 mmol) trans-2, 2-7dimetyl-8-(4-nitrobenzyl-oksykarbonyloksymetyl)-3-oksa-6-tia-l-azabisyklo/~5.2.0/nonan-9-on-6-dioksyd oppløses i 130 ml iseddik og fortynnes med 30 ml vann. Blandingstemperaturen holdes under et tidsrom på 4 dager ved 55°C. Oppløsningsmiddelet fjernes ved fordampning. Residuet oppløses i et etylacetat, og vaskes med 30 ml vandig natriumbikarbonatoppløsning. Det organiske sjikt adskilles. Det vandige sjikt ekstraheres med etylacetat. Den organiske fase tørkes over natriumsulfat og filtreres. Oppløsnings-middelet fjernes ved fordampning. Det fåes et viskost resi-dium. Rensning ved hjelp av kromatografi og omkrystallisering 4.35 g (10 mmol) trans-2, 2-7dimethyl-8-(4-nitrobenzyl-oxycarbonyloxymethyl)-3-oxa-6-thia-1-azabicyclo/~5.2.0/nonan-9-one-6 -dioxide is dissolved in 130 ml of glacial acetic acid and diluted with 30 ml of water. The mixing temperature is maintained for a period of 4 days at 55°C. The solvent is removed by evaporation. The residue is dissolved in ethyl acetate and washed with 30 ml of aqueous sodium bicarbonate solution. The organic layer is separated. The aqueous layer is extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic phase is dried over sodium sulfate and filtered. The solvent is removed by evaporation. A viscous residue is obtained. Purification by chromatography and recrystallization
av isopopanol gir et fast stoff med smeltepunkt 128°C. of isopopanol gives a solid with a melting point of 128°C.
Eksempel 8: (3S,4R)-3-(4-nitro bensyloksykarbonyloksymetyl)-4-l (2R)-l-hydroksy-2-propylsulfonyl/-azetidin-2-on. Example 8: (3S,4R)-3-(4-nitrobenzyloxycarbonyloxymethyl)-4-1(2R)-1-hydroxy-2-propylsulfonyl/-azetidin-2-one.
Denne forbindelse fåes på analog måte til eksempel 7 ved hydrolysering av (5R,7R,8S)-2,2,5-trimetyl-8-(4-nitrobenzyloksykarbonyloksymetyl)-3-oksa-6-tia-l-azabisyklo l_ 5.2 . 07nonan-9-on-6-dioksyd med en oppløsning av iseddik i vann. This compound is obtained in an analogous manner to example 7 by hydrolyzing (5R,7R,8S)-2,2,5-trimethyl-8-(4-nitrobenzyloxycarbonyloxymethyl)-3-oxa-6-thia-1-azabicyclo 1_ 5.2 . 07nonan-9-one-6-dioxide with a solution of glacial acetic acid in water.
Eksempel 9: trans-3-(4-nitrobenzyloksy-karbonyloksymetyl)-4-/_ 5-(4-nitrobenzyloksykarbonylamino)-valeroyltio/-azetidin-2-on. Example 9: trans-3-(4-nitrobenzyloxycarbonyloxymethyl)-4-[5-(4-nitrobenzyloxycarbonylamino)-valeroylthio]-azetidin-2-one.
Til en i 30 minutter omrørt suspensjon av 3-(4-nitrobenzyloksykarbonyloksymetyl)-4-(2-hydroksyetylsulfonyl)- To a 30-minute stirred suspension of 3-(4-nitrobenzyloxycarbonyloxymethyl)-4-(2-hydroxyethylsulfonyl)-
azetidin-2-on (8,536 g, 22 mmol) i 14,5 ml acetonitril, 29 mi— azetidin-2-one (8.536 g, 22 mmol) in 14.5 mL acetonitrile, 29 mL
aceton og 145,2 ml fosfatpuffer pH 8, tildryppes under om-røring i løpet av 60 minutter ved værelsestemperatur en blanding av 5-(4-nitrobenzyloksykarbonylamino)-tiovaleriansyre, 26,4 ml IN NaOH, 26,4 ml vann og 6 ml acetonitril. Blandingen etteromrøres nøyaktig 90 minutter ved værelsestemperatur, og den dannede melkeaktige emulsjon opptas i 250 ml eddikester. Den vandige fase ekstraheres dessuten med to porsjoner på hver 52 ml eddikester, ekstraktene forenes og tørkes over Na2S04. Ved filtrering og inndampning av oppløsningsmiddel i vakuum gir en gulaktig viskos olje. Kromatografi på 24 0 g Merck-kiselgel med Cf^C^-EtOAc (3:1) gir rent amorft produkt. IR i CH2C1: 3650, 3000, 1790, 1760, 1730, 1520, 1340, 1220 cm"<1>. acetone and 145.2 ml of phosphate buffer pH 8, are added dropwise with stirring during 60 minutes at room temperature to a mixture of 5-(4-nitrobenzyloxycarbonylamino)-thiovaleric acid, 26.4 ml of IN NaOH, 26.4 ml of water and 6 ml acetonitrile. The mixture is then stirred for exactly 90 minutes at room temperature, and the milky emulsion formed is taken up in 250 ml of vinegar. The aqueous phase is also extracted with two portions of 52 ml each of acetic acid, the extracts are combined and dried over Na 2 SO 4 . Filtration and evaporation of solvent in vacuo gives a yellowish viscous oil. Chromatography on 240 g of Merck silica gel with Cf^C^-EtOAc (3:1) gives pure amorphous product. IR in CH2 Cl: 3650, 3000, 1790, 1760, 1730, 1520, 1340, 1220 cm"<1>.
Utgangsmaterialer kan fremstilles som følger:Starting materials can be prepared as follows:
a) 5-(4-nitrobenzyloksykarbonylamino)-valeriansyre.a) 5-(4-nitrobenzyloxycarbonylamino)-valeric acid.
til en oppløsning av 5-aminovaleriansyre (11,7 g, 0,1 to a solution of 5-aminovaleric acid (11.7 g, 0.1
mol) i 100 ml IN NaOH-oppløsning haes ved værelsestemperatur fast klormaursyre-4-nitrobensylester (28,0 g, 0,13 mol) og den dannede beige suspensjon blandes i løpet av 4 0 minutter med 120 ml IN NaOH-oppløsning. Deretter omrøres reaksjonsblandingen i 38 timer ved værelsestemperatur. Blandingen vaskes med to mol) in 100 ml 1N NaOH solution is added at room temperature to solid chloroformate-4-nitrobenzyl ester (28.0 g, 0.13 mol) and the resulting beige suspension is mixed over 40 minutes with 120 ml 1N NaOH solution. The reaction mixture is then stirred for 38 hours at room temperature. The mixture is washed with two
porsjoner av 180 ml CHCl^, og den vandige fase innstilles med 5N HC1 til pH 2. Den hvite suspensjon filtreres, og residuet tørkes i høyvakuum. Filtratet ekstraheres med CHCl^(2 x 250 ml), den organiske'fase tørkes over Na2S04og inndampes i vakuum. Residuet forenes med filterresiduet. Krystalli- portions of 180 ml of CHCl^, and the aqueous phase is adjusted with 5N HCl to pH 2. The white suspension is filtered, and the residue is dried under high vacuum. The filtrate is extracted with CHCl 2 (2 x 250 ml), the organic phase is dried over Na 2 SO 4 and evaporated in vacuo. The residue is combined with the filter residue. crystal
sering fra 200 ml varm isopropanol gir etter 3 dager ved 0°Csering from 200 ml of hot isopropanol gives after 3 days at 0°C
rent krystallinsk produkt av sm.p. 85-87°C.pure crystalline product of m.p. 85-87°C.
b) 5-(4-nitrobensyloksykarbonylamino)-tiovaleriansyre. b) 5-(4-nitrobenzyloxycarbonylamino)-thiovaleric acid.
5-(4-nitrobensyloksykarbonylamino)-valeriansyre5-(4-nitrobenzyloxycarbonylamino)-valeric acid
(59,25 g, 0,2 mol) suspenderes i metylenklorid (300 ml) og oppløses ved tilsetning av trietylamin (61,2 ml, 0,44 mol). (59.25 g, 0.2 mol) is suspended in methylene chloride (300 ml) and dissolved by the addition of triethylamine (61.2 ml, 0.44 mol).
Til denne oppløsning dryppes under omrøring ved -10°C i løpetTo this solution is added dropwise with stirring at -10°C in the barrel
av 30 minutter en oppløsning av klormaursyreisobutylester (28,8 ml) i metylenklorid (60 ml). Etter tilsetningen etteromrøres ennå of 30 minutes a solution of chloroformate isobutyl ester (28.8 ml) in methylene chloride (60 ml). After the addition, stir again
i 30 minutter ved 0°C. Deretter innføres i 60 minutter H_S" for 30 minutes at 0°C. Then introduce for 60 minutes H_S"
ved 0°C. Etter fjerning av overskytende I^S med nitrogen oppløses suspensjonen med CHCl^(1,5 1), vaskes med to. porsjoner på hver 250 ml vandig 2N HC1. Den organiske fase ekstraheres med 600 ml mettet natriumbikarbonatoppløsning, og den vandige fase surgjøres forsiktig med 6N vandig HC1 i Erlenmeyer under omrøring. Den vandige oppløsning ekstraheres med to porsjoner av hver 1 liter CHCl^, og den organiske fase tørkes over Na2S04og filtreres deretter. Inndampning av oppløsningsmidlet i vakuum gir produkter som gul olje, som krystalliserer i kjøle-skap, sm.p. ca. 35°C. at 0°C. After removal of excess I^S with nitrogen, the suspension is dissolved with CHCl^(1.5 L), washed with two. portions of each 250 ml aqueous 2N HC1. The organic phase is extracted with 600 ml of saturated sodium bicarbonate solution, and the aqueous phase is carefully acidified with 6N aqueous HCl in an Erlenmeyer while stirring. The aqueous solution is extracted with two portions of each 1 liter of CHCl 2 , and the organic phase is dried over Na 2 SO 4 and then filtered. Evaporation of the solvent in vacuum gives products such as yellow oil, which crystallizes in a refrigerator, m.p. about. 35°C.
Eksempel 10:(3S,4R)-3-(4-nitrobensyloksykarbonyloksymetyl)-4-/ 5-(4-nitrobensyloksykarbonylamino)-valeroyltio/- Example 10: (3S,4R)-3-(4-nitrobenzyloxycarbonyloxymethyl)-4-(5-(4-nitrobenzyloxycarbonylamino)-valeroylthio)
azetidin-2-on.azetidin-2-one.
Etter samme forskrift som omtalt i eksempel 2 fåes idet det gåes ut fra (3S,4R)-3-(4-nitrobensylcksykarbonyloksy-metyl)-4-/ (2R)-l-hydroksy-2-propylsulfonyl/-azetidin-2-on av tittelforbindelsen med identisk iR-sPektrum. /"a/^<0>+ 61° Following the same procedure as described in example 2, starting from (3S,4R)-3-(4-nitrobenzyloxycarbonyloxymethyl)-4-/ (2R)-1-hydroxy-2-propylsulfonyl/-azetidine-2- on of the title compound with an identical IR spectrum. /"a/^<0>+ 61°
(c=l, CHC13).(c=1, CHCl 3 ).
Eksempel 11: 2- £ trans-3-(4-nitrobensyloksykarbonyloksymetyl)-4-(5-(4-nitrobensyloksykarbonylamino)-valeroyltio)-2-okso-azetidinyl7-2-hydroksyeddiksyre-4-nitrobensylester. Example 11: 2- trans -3-(4-nitrobenzyloxycarbonyloxymethyl)-4-(5-(4-nitrobenzyloxycarbonylamino)-valeroylthio)-2-oxo-azetidinyl 7-2-hydroxyacetic acid-4-nitrobenzyl ester.
En blanding av 4,79 g (8,11 mMol) trans-3-(4-nitrobensyloksykarbonyloksymetyl)-4-/ 5-(4-nitrobensyloksykarbo-nylamino) -valeroyltio/-azetidin-2-on og 3,10 g (12,16 mMol) nytil-beredt glyoksylsyre-4-nitrobensylester-etylhemiketal i 32 ml toluen og 8 ml N,N-dimetylformamid blandes med 16,3 g molekylarsikt 4 Å og omrøres ved 40°C i 20 timer. Blandingen filtreres for filterresiduet vaskes med eddikester. Inndampning av filtratet og tørkning ved 40°C i høyvakuum gir en gulaktig, A mixture of 4.79 g (8.11 mmol) trans-3-(4-nitrobenzyloxycarbonyloxymethyl)-4-(5-(4-nitrobenzyloxycarbonylamino)-valeroylthio/-azetidin-2-one and 3.10 g ( 12.16 mmol) of freshly prepared glyoxylic acid 4-nitrobenzyl ester ethyl hemiketal in 32 ml of toluene and 8 ml of N,N-dimethylformamide are mixed with 16.3 g of molecular sieve 4 Å and stirred at 40°C for 20 hours. The mixture is filtered before the filter residue is washed with vinegar. Evaporation of the filtrate and drying at 40°C in high vacuum gives a yellowish,
viskos olje (8,19 g). Kromatografi på 350 g Merck-kiselgel med toluen -eddikester (7:1) og toluen-eddikester (2:1) gir den rene tittelforbindelsen som amorft fast legeme. IR i CI^Cl^ 3440, 2940, 1780, 1750, 1725, 1515, 1350, 1230 cm<-1>. viscous oil (8.19 g). Chromatography on 350 g of Merck silica gel with toluene-acetic ester (7:1) and toluene-acetic ester (2:1) gives the pure title compound as an amorphous solid. IR in Cl₂Cl₂ 3440, 2940, 1780, 1750, 1725, 1515, 1350, 1230 cm<-1>.
Eksempel 12: 2-/"(3S,4R)-3-(4-nitrobensyloksykarbonyloksymetyl)-4-(5-(4-nitrobensyloksykarbonylamino)-valeroyltio)-2-okso-azetidinyl7~2-hydroksyeddiksyre-4-nitrobensylester. Example 12: 2-/"(3S,4R)-3-(4-nitrobenzyloxycarbonyloxymethyl)-4-(5-(4-nitrobenzyloxycarbonylamino)-valeroylthio)-2-oxo-azetidinyl 7~2-hydroxyacetic acid-4-nitrobenzyl ester.
Etter samme forskrift som omtalt i eksempel 11According to the same regulation as discussed in example 11
fåes idet det gåes ut fra (3S,4R)-3-(4-nitrobensyloksykarbonyl-oksymetyl)-4-/ 5-(4-nitrobensyloksykarbonylamino)-valeroyltio7_ azetidin-2-on tittelforbindelsen med identisk IR-spektrum. is obtained starting from the (3S,4R)-3-(4-nitrobenzyloxycarbonyloxymethyl)-4-/5-(4-nitrobenzyloxycarbonylamino)-valeroylthio7-azetidin-2-one title compound with an identical IR spectrum.
Eksempel 13: 2-^~trans-3-(4-nitrobensyloksykarbonyloksymetyl)-4-(5-(4-nitrobensyloksykarbonylamino)-valeroyltio )-2-okso-axetidinyl7~2-kloreddiksyre-4-nitrobensylester. Example 13: 2-^~trans-3-(4-nitrobenzyloxycarbonyloxymethyl)-4-(5-(4-nitrobenzyloxycarbonylamino)-valeroylthio)-2-oxo-axetidinyl 7~2-chloroacetic acid-4-nitrobenzyl ester.
Til en oppløsning av 9,6 g (12,5 mMol) 2-/ trans-3-(4-nitrobensyloksykarbonyloksymetyl)-4-(5-(4-nitrobensyloksy-karbonylamino) -valeroyltio)-2-okso-azetidininyl7-2-hydroksy-eddiksyre-4-nitrobensylester i 64 ml tetrahydrofuran tildryppes under omrøring ved -15°C i rekkefølge 1,76 ml (24,2 mMol) tionylklorid og en oppløsning av 3,4 ml trietylamin i 5,6 ml tetrahydrofuran, hver gang i løpet av 15 minutter. Den hvite suspensjon omrøres ennå ved 0°C i 30 minutter, blandes med 360 ml metylenklorid, vaskes med 60 ml 0,1N vandig HC1-oppløsning og tre ganger med hver gang 100 ml mettet NaCl-oppløsning. Oppløsningen tørkes over Na2S04 og filtreres. Inndampning av oppløsningsmidlet i vakuum gir det rene pro- To a solution of 9.6 g (12.5 mmol) 2-/trans-3-(4-nitrobenzyloxycarbonyloxymethyl)-4-(5-(4-nitrobenzyloxycarbonylamino)-valeroylthio)-2-oxo-azetidininyl7-2 -hydroxy-acetic acid-4-nitrobenzyl ester in 64 ml of tetrahydrofuran is added dropwise with stirring at -15°C in sequence 1.76 ml (24.2 mmol) thionyl chloride and a solution of 3.4 ml of triethylamine in 5.6 ml of tetrahydrofuran, each once within 15 minutes. The white suspension is further stirred at 0°C for 30 minutes, mixed with 360 ml of methylene chloride, washed with 60 ml of 0.1N aqueous HCl solution and three times with 100 ml of saturated NaCl solution each time. The solution is dried over Na2SO4 and filtered. Evaporation of the solvent in vacuum gives the pure pro-
dukt som svakt gulaktig fast legeme. IR i CH2C12: 3440,appeared as a slightly yellowish solid. IR in CH2C12: 3440,
2940, 1785. 1750, 1720, 1520, 1345, 1230 cm<-1>. 2940, 1785. 1750, 1720, 1520, 1345, 1230 cm<-1>.
Eksempel 14: 2-/~(3S,. 4R)-3-(4-nitrobensyloksykarbonyloksymetyl)-4-(5-(4-nitrobensyloksykarbonylamino)-valeroyltio)-2-okso-azetidinyl7-2-kloreddiksyre-4-nitrobensylester. Example 14: 2-[(3S,.4R)-3-(4-nitrobenzyloxycarbonyloxymethyl)-4-(5-(4-nitrobenzyloxycarbonylamino)-valeroylthio)-2-oxo-azetidinyl 7-2-chloroacetic acid-4-nitrobenzyl ester.
Etter samme forskrift som omtalt i eksempel 13According to the same regulation as discussed in example 13
fåes når det gåes ut fra 2-/~(3S, 4R)-3-(4-nitrobensyloksykarbo-nyloksymetyl)-4-(5-(4-nitrobensyloksykarbonylamino)-valeroyltio) -2-okso-azetidinyl/-2-hydroksy-eddiksyre-4-nitrobensylester med tittelforbindelsen med identisk IR-spektrum. is obtained starting from 2-/~(3S, 4R)-3-(4-nitrobenzyloxycarbonyloxymethyl)-4-(5-(4-nitrobenzyloxycarbonylamino)-valeroylthio)-2-oxo-azetidinyl/-2-hydroxy -acetic acid 4-nitrobenzyl ester of the title compound with an identical IR spectrum.
Eksempel 15: 2-/ trans-3-(4-nitrobensyloksykarbonyloksymetyl)-4-(5-(4-nitrobensyloksykarbonylamino)-valeroyltio)-2-okso-azetidinyl7~2-trifenylfosforanylideneddiksyre-4-nitrobensylester. Example 15: 2-/trans-3-(4-nitrobenzyloxycarbonyloxymethyl)-4-(5-(4-nitrobenzyloxycarbonylamino)-valeroylthio)-2-oxo-azetidinyl 7~2-triphenylphosphoranylideneacetic acid-4-nitrobenzyl ester.
En oppløsning av 3,7 g (4,67 mMol) 2-/ 3-(4-nitrobensyloksykarbonyloksymetyl)-4-(5-(4-nitrobensyloksykarbo-nylamino) -valeroyltio)-2-okso-azetidinyl7-2-kloreddiksyre-4-nitrobensylester og 2,79 g trifenylfosfin (10,65 mMol) i 3,9 A solution of 3.7 g (4.67 mmol) of 2-(3-(4-nitrobenzyloxycarbonyloxymethyl)-4-(5-(4-nitrobenzyloxycarbonylamino)-valeroylthio)-2-oxo-azetidinyl7-2-chloroacetic acid- 4-nitrobenzyl ester and 2.79 g of triphenylphosphine (10.65 mmol) in 3.9
ml tetrahydrofuran hensettes under hydrogen i 2 dager ved 5°C. Man fortynner med 200 ml metylenklorid, vasker med 50 ml mettet vandig NaHCO^-oppløsning, tørker med organisk fase over Na2S04og filtrerer. Inndampning av oppløsningsmidlet i vakuum gir 6,6 g rødlig olje. Kromatografi på 170 g Merck-kiselgel med toluen-eddikester (2:1) gir en gulaktig olje. IR i CH2C12: 2940, 2440, 1755, 1725, 1515, 1355, 1230 cm"<1>. ml of tetrahydrofuran is placed under hydrogen for 2 days at 5°C. Dilute with 200 ml methylene chloride, wash with 50 ml saturated aqueous NaHCO 3 solution, dry with organic phase over Na 2 SO 4 and filter. Evaporation of the solvent in vacuo gives 6.6 g of a reddish oil. Chromatography on 170 g of Merck silica gel with toluene-acetic ester (2:1) gives a yellowish oil. IR in CH 2 Cl 2 : 2940, 2440, 1755, 1725, 1515, 1355, 1230 cm"<1>.
Eksempel 16: 2-/~( 3S, 4R)-3-(4-nitrobensyloksykarbonyloksymetyl)-4-(5-(4-nitrobensyloksykarbonylamino)-valeroyltio)-2-okso-azetidinyl7-2-trifenylfosforanylideneddiksyre-4-nitro-bensylester. Example 16: 2-/~( 3S , 4R )-3-(4-nitrobenzyloxycarbonyloxymethyl)-4-(5-(4-nitrobenzyloxycarbonylamino)-valeroylthio)-2-oxo-azetidinyl 7-2-triphenylphosphoranylideneacetic acid-4-nitro-benzyl ester .
Etter samme forskrift som omtalt i eksempel 15 fåes når det gåes ut fra 2-/~(3S,4R)-3-(4-nitrobensylQksy- karbonyloksymetyl)-4-(5-(4-nitrobensyloksykarbonylamino)-valeroyltio) -2-okso-azetidinyl7_2-kloreddiksyre-4-nitrobensylester tittelf orbindelsen med identisk IR-spektrum /_ d/D + 14° Following the same procedure as discussed in example 15, starting from 2-/~(3S,4R)-3-(4-nitrobenzyloxycarbonyloxymethyl)-4-(5-(4-nitrobenzyloxycarbonylamino)-valeroylthio)-2- oxo-azetidinyl7-2-chloroacetic acid-4-nitrobenzyl ester the title compound with an identical IR spectrum /_ d/D + 14°
(c=l, CHC13).(c=1, CHCl 3 ).
Eksempel 17: trans-6-(4-nitrobensyloksykarbonyloksymetyl)-2-£ 4-(4-nitrobensyloksykarbonylamino)-butyl/-penem-3-karboksylsyre-4-nitrobensylester. Example 17: trans-6-(4-nitrobenzyloxycarbonyloxymethyl)-2-[4-(4-nitrobenzyloxycarbonylamino)-butyl N-penem-3-carboxylic acid-4-nitrobenzyl ester.
En oppløsning av 8,5 g (8,4 mMol) 2-/trans-3- (4-nitro-bensyloksykarbonyloksymetyl)-4-(5-(4-nitrobensyloksykarbonylamino)-valeroyltio)-2-okso-azetidiyl/-2-trifenylfosforanylideneddiksyre-4-nitrobensylester i 2,6 1 toluen kokes under tilbakeløp under nitrogenatmosfære i 25 timer. Inndampning av oppløsningsmidlet og kromatografi av residuet på 260 g kiselgel med toluen-eddikester (3:1) gir det rene produkt som farveløst, amorft fast legeme. IR i CH2C12: 3040, 2940, 1790, 1750, 1720, 1605, 1520, 1345, 1230 cm<-1>. A solution of 8.5 g (8.4 mmol) of 2-/trans-3-(4-nitro-benzyloxycarbonyloxymethyl)-4-(5-(4-nitrobenzyloxycarbonylamino)-valeroylthio)-2-oxo-azetidiyl/-2 -triphenylphosphoranylideneacetic acid-4-nitrobenzyl ester in 2.6 1 toluene is refluxed under a nitrogen atmosphere for 25 hours. Evaporation of the solvent and chromatography of the residue on 260 g of silica gel with toluene-acetic ester (3:1) gives the pure product as a colorless, amorphous solid. IR in CH 2 Cl 2 : 3040, 2940, 1790, 1750, 1720, 1605, 1520, 1345, 1230 cm<-1>.
Eksempel 18: (5R,6S)-6-(4-nitrobensyloksykarbonyloksymetyl)-2-l_ 4- (4-nitrobensyloksykarbonylamino) -butyl/-penem-3-karboksylsyre-4-nitrobensylester. Example 18: (5R,6S)-6-(4-nitrobenzyloxycarbonyloxymethyl)-2-1-4-(4-nitrobenzyloxycarbonylamino)-butyl N -penem-3-carboxylic acid-4-nitrobenzyl ester.
Etter samme forskrift som omtalt i eksempel 17According to the same regulation as discussed in example 17
fåes når det gåes ut fra 2-/~(3S,4R)-3-(4-nitrobensyloksy-■ karbonyloksymetyl)-4-(5-(4-nitrobensyloksykarbonylamino)-valeroyltio) -2-okso-azetidinyl/-2-trifenylfosforanylideneddiksyre-4-nitrobensylester tittelforbindelsen med identiske IR-spektrum. is obtained when starting from 2-/~(3S,4R)-3-(4-nitrobenzyloxy-■ carbonyloxymethyl)-4-(5-(4-nitrobenzyloxycarbonylamino)-valeroylthio)-2-oxo-azetidinyl/-2- triphenylphosphoranylideneacetic acid-4-nitrobenzyl ester the title compound with identical IR spectra.
Z~a7p° + 36° (c=l, CHC13).Z~a7p° + 36° (c=1, CHCl 3 ).
Eksempel 19: trans-hydroksymetyl-2-(4-aminobutyl)-penem-3-karboksylsyre. Example 19: trans-hydroxymethyl-2-(4-aminobutyl)-penem-3-carboxylic acid.
En blanding av 190 mg (0,25 mMol) trans-6-(4-nitrobensyloksykarbonyloksymetyl)-2-/ 4-(4-nitrobensyloksykarbonyl-amino) -butyl7-penem-3-karboksylsyre-4-nitrobensylester, 24 ml dioksan og 5 ml 0,1 N vandig HCl-oppløsning hydrogeneres i en hydrogeneringsfuge med parallellkoblet flaske med KOH til C02~absorbsjon ved værelsestemperatur og normaltrykk over 200 mg 10 % Pd på kull i 90 minutter. I løpet av denne tid opptas 39 A mixture of 190 mg (0.25 mmol) trans-6-(4-nitrobenzyloxycarbonyloxymethyl)-2-/ 4-(4-nitrobenzyloxycarbonyl-amino)-butyl7-penem-3-carboxylic acid-4-nitrobenzyl ester, 24 ml of dioxane and 5 ml of 0.1 N aqueous HCl solution is hydrogenated in a hydrogenation joint with a parallel-connected bottle with KOH to C02 absorption at room temperature and normal pressure over 200 mg of 10% Pd on charcoal for 90 minutes. During this time, 39 are admitted
ml H2. Blandingen filtreres gjennom Cellite, inndampes i vakuum til et volum på 5 ml, og den dannede gule suspensjon ml of H2. The mixture is filtered through Cellite, evaporated in vacuo to a volume of 5 ml, and the resulting yellow suspension
blandes med en oppløsning av 42 mg NaHCO^i 1 ml vann. Opp-løsningen påføres på seks "reverse phase" tynnsjiktkromato-grafiplater (L 254 Opti-UP C-12-20, fremstiller Antec AG, Benn-wil, Sveits). Kromatografi med CH3CN - H20 2:3 og eluering av den mobile UV-aktive fraksjon med CH^CN - H20 (4:1), delvis inndampning av eluatet og lyofilisering av den gjenblivende vandige oppløsning til et farveløst, amorft fast stoff. UV i mixed with a solution of 42 mg of NaHCO^ in 1 ml of water. The solution is applied to six "reverse phase" thin layer chromatography plates (L 254 Opti-UP C-12-20, manufactured by Antec AG, Benn-wil, Switzerland). Chromatography with CH 3 CN - H 2 O 2:3 and elution of the mobile UV-active fraction with CH 3 CN - H 2 O (4:1), partial evaporation of the eluate and lyophilization of the remaining aqueous solution to a colorless, amorphous solid. UV i
H,0 (pH 3):X m3 256 nm (2500), 318 nm (5600). H,0 (pH 3):X m3 256 nm (2500), 318 nm (5600).
c. lua. Xc. beanie. X
Eksempel 20:(3S,5R,6R)-2,2-dimetyl-6-(tert.-butyl-dimetylsilyl-oksymetyl)-penam-3-karboksylsyremetylester-l,1-dioksyd. Example 20: (3S,5R,6R)-2,2-dimethyl-6-(tert-butyl-dimethylsilyl-oxymethyl)-penam-3-carboxylic acid methyl ester 1,1-dioxide.
En oppløsning av 23,6 g (85 mMol) (3S,5R,6R)-2,2-dimetyl-6-hydroksymetyl-penam-3-karboksylsyremetylester-l,1-dioksyd i 50 ml dimetylformamid omrøres med 25,5 g (170 mMol) tert.-butyl-dimetylklorsilan og 11,5 g (170 mMol) imidazol ved værelsestemperatur i 45 minutter. Deretter avdestilleres opp-løsningsmidlet i høyvakuum, og residuet opptas i etylacetat. Oppløsningen vaskes med ln svovelsyre og deretter med vann, og de vandige oppløsninger ekstraheres to ganger med etylacetat. Den organiske fase tørkes med natriumsulfat og inndampes på rotasjonsfordamper. Produktet fremkommer som krystallinsk masse. DC: silikagel, toluen/etylacetat (4:1): Rf = 0,56. A solution of 23.6 g (85 mmol) (3S,5R,6R)-2,2-dimethyl-6-hydroxymethyl-penam-3-carboxylic acid methyl ester-1,1-dioxide in 50 ml of dimethylformamide is stirred with 25.5 g (170 mmol) tert-butyl-dimethylchlorosilane and 11.5 g (170 mmol) imidazole at room temperature for 45 minutes. The solvent is then distilled off under high vacuum, and the residue is taken up in ethyl acetate. The solution is washed with 1N sulfuric acid and then with water, and the aqueous solutions are extracted twice with ethyl acetate. The organic phase is dried with sodium sulphate and evaporated on a rotary evaporator. The product appears as a crystalline mass. TLC: silica gel, toluene/ethyl acetate (4:1): Rf = 0.56.
IR: (CH2C12) 3,4; 5,57; 5,65 ym. IR: (CH 2 Cl 2 ) 3.4; 5.57; 5.65 mm.
Eksempel 21: 2-/~(3S,4R)-3-(tert.-butyl-dimetylsilyloksymetyl)-4-" Example 21: 2-/~(3S,4R)-3-(tert-butyl-dimethylsilyloxymethyl)-4-"
metyl-sulfonyl-2-okso-azetidin-l-yl7_3-metyl-2-butensyremetylester. methyl sulfonyl-2-oxo-azetidin-1-yl 7-3-methyl-2-butenoic acid methyl ester.
En oppløsning av 202 g (0,51 mol) (3S,5R,6R)-2,2-dimetyl-6-(tert.-butyl-dimetylsilyloksymetyl)-penam-3-karboksylsyre-metylester-1,1-dioksyd i 8 00 ml tetrahydrofuran blandes med 9 ml DBU og omrøres 5 minutter ved værelsestemperatur. Deretter ble det tilsatt ytterligere 95 mlDBUomrørt 30 minutter ved værelsestemperatur. Deretter tilsatte man under avkjøling 42,3 ml (0,68 mol) metyljodid. Etter 3 timers reaksjonsvarig-het frafiltreres fra utkrystallisert DBU-hydrojodid og filtratet inndampes. Residuet opptas i etylacetat og oppløsningen vaskes med IN svovelsyre, vann og natriumbikarbonatoppløsning. De vandige faser ekstraheres 2 ganger med etylacetat. De forenede organiske faser tørkes over natriumsulfat og oppløsningen A solution of 202 g (0.51 mol) of (3S,5R,6R)-2,2-dimethyl-6-(tert-butyl-dimethylsilyloxymethyl)-penam-3-carboxylic acid methyl ester-1,1-dioxide in 800 ml tetrahydrofuran is mixed with 9 ml DBU and stirred for 5 minutes at room temperature. A further 95 ml DBU was then added, stirred for 30 minutes at room temperature. 42.3 ml (0.68 mol) methyl iodide was then added while cooling. After a reaction time of 3 hours, the crystallized DBU hydroiodide is filtered off and the filtrate is evaporated. The residue is taken up in ethyl acetate and the solution is washed with IN sulfuric acid, water and sodium bicarbonate solution. The aqueous phases are extracted twice with ethyl acetate. The combined organic phases are dried over sodium sulfate and the solution
inndampes til en tykk olje.evaporated to a thick oil.
DC: silikagel, toluen/etylacetat (4:1); Rf = 0,42,DC: silica gel, toluene/ethyl acetate (4:1); Rf = 0.42,
IR: (CH^Clj) 5,63; 5,81; 6,17 ym.IR: (CH 2 Cl 2 ) 5.63; 5.81; 6.17 etc.
Eksempel 22: (3S,4R)-3-hydroksymetyl-4-metylsulfonyl-azetidin-2-on og (3S,4R)-3-(tert.-butyl-dimetylsilyloksy-metyl) -4-metylsulfonyl-azetidin-2-on. Example 22: (3S,4R)-3-hydroxymethyl-4-methylsulfonyl-azetidin-2-one and (3S,4R)-3-(tert-butyl-dimethylsilyloxy-methyl)-4-methylsulfonyl-azetidin-2- Wed.
En oppløsning av 25 g (61,7 mMol) 2-/~(3S,4E)-3-(tert.-butyl-dimetylsilyloksymetyl)-4-metylsulfonyl-2-okso-azetidin-l-yl/-3-metyl-2-butensyremetylester i 4 00 ml metylenklorid behandles ved -10°C med en ozon/oksygenblanding. For-svinning av utgangsmaterialet kontrolleres tynnsjiktkromato-grafisk. Etter avslutning av reaksjonen tilsettes 30 ml dimetylsulfid og videreomrøres 3 timer ved værelsestemperatur. Oppløsningen inndampes og residuet opptas i en blanding av A solution of 25 g (61.7 mmol) of 2-[(3S,4E)-3-(tert-butyl-dimethylsilyloxymethyl)-4-methylsulfonyl-2-oxo-azetidin-1-yl]-3-methyl -2-butenoic acid methyl ester in 400 ml of methylene chloride is treated at -10°C with an ozone/oxygen mixture. Pre-disappearance of the starting material is checked by thin-layer chromatography. After completion of the reaction, 30 ml of dimethyl sulphide is added and further stirred for 3 hours at room temperature. The solution is evaporated and the residue taken up in a mixture of
160 ml metanol, 24 ml etylacetat og 3 ml vann og oppvarmes i 40 minutter ved 70°C. Oppløsningsmidlet fjernes deretter og residuet fjernes 2 ganger med toluen. Den krystalliserende olje opptas i metylenklorid og krystallene bestående av (3S),(4R)-3-hydroksymetyl-4-metylsulfonyl-azetidin-2-on, isoleres ved filterering. Filtratet inndampes og (3S,4R)-3-(tert.-butyl-dimetylsilyloksymetyl )-4-metylsulfonyl-azetidin-2-on fåes i ren form ved kromatografi på silikagel med toluen/etylacetat (3:1). 160 ml of methanol, 24 ml of ethyl acetate and 3 ml of water and heated for 40 minutes at 70°C. The solvent is then removed and the residue is extracted twice with toluene. The crystallizing oil is taken up in methylene chloride and the crystals consisting of (3S), (4R)-3-hydroxymethyl-4-methylsulfonyl-azetidin-2-one are isolated by filtration. The filtrate is evaporated and (3S,4R)-3-(tert-butyl-dimethylsilyloxymethyl)-4-methylsulfonyl-azetidin-2-one is obtained in pure form by chromatography on silica gel with toluene/ethyl acetate (3:1).
(3S,4R)-3-hydroksymetyl-4-metylsulfonyl-azetidin-2-on: DC, silikagel, toluen/etylacetat (1:1); Rf = 0,36, IR: (CH2C<1>2) 2,96; 3,54; 5,61 ym. (3S,4R)-3-Hydroxymethyl-4-methylsulfonyl-azetidin-2-one: DC, silica gel, toluene/ethyl acetate (1:1); Rf = 0.36, IR: (CH2C<1>2) 2.96; 3.54; 5.61 etc.
(3S,4R)-3-(tert.-butyl-dimetylsilyloksymetyl)-4-metylsulfonyl-azetidin-2-on: DC, silikagel, toluen/etylacetat (1:1) Rf = 0,06. (3S,4R)-3-(tert-butyl-dimethylsilyloxymethyl)-4-methylsulfonyl-azetidin-2-one: TLC, silica gel, toluene/ethyl acetate (1:1) Rf = 0.06.
En oppløsning av 14,6 g (81,5 mMol) (3S,4R)-3-hydroksymetyl-4-metylsulfonyl-azetidin-2-on i 40 ml dimetylformamid blandes med 24 g (183 mMol) tert.-biityldimetylklorsilan og 11 g (163 mMol) imidazol i 45 minutter ved værelsestemperatur. Deretter fjernes oppløsningsmidlet i høyvakuum og residuet opptas i etylacetat. Den organiske fase vaskes i rekkefølge med IN svovelsyre, vann og natriumbikarbonatoppløsning. De vandige faser ekstraheres to ganger med etylacetat. De forenede organiske faser tørkes over natriumsulfat og inndampes på rotasjonsfordamper. Det krystallinske residuet er rent (3S,4R)-3- tert.-butyl-dimetylsilyloksymetyl)-4-metylsulfonyl-azetidin-2-on. A solution of 14.6 g (81.5 mmol) of (3S,4R)-3-hydroxymethyl-4-methylsulfonyl-azetidin-2-one in 40 ml of dimethylformamide is mixed with 24 g (183 mmol) of tert.-biethyldimethylchlorosilane and 11 g (163 mmol) of imidazole for 45 minutes at room temperature. The solvent is then removed under high vacuum and the residue is taken up in ethyl acetate. The organic phase is washed in sequence with IN sulfuric acid, water and sodium bicarbonate solution. The aqueous phases are extracted twice with ethyl acetate. The combined organic phases are dried over sodium sulfate and evaporated on a rotary evaporator. The crystalline residue is pure (3S,4R)-3-tert-butyl-dimethylsilyloxymethyl)-4-methylsulfonyl-azetidin-2-one.
Eksempe*l 23: (3S,4R)-3-tert.-butyl-dimetylsilyloksymetyl)-4-(5-allylok-sykarbonylaminovaleroyltio) -azetidin-2-on. Example 1 23: (3S,4R)-3-tert-butyl-dimethylsilyloxymethyl)-4-(5-allyloxycarbonylaminovaleroylthio)-azetidin-2-one.
En oppslemming av 7,0 g (32,2 mMol) 5-allyloksykarbonylamino-tiovaleriansyre i 50 ml vann, avkjøles til 0°C A slurry of 7.0 g (32.2 mmol) of 5-allyloxycarbonylamino-thiovaleric acid in 50 ml of water is cooled to 0°C
og blandes med IN natronlut inntil pH 8. Deretter tilsettes 30 ml metylenklorid, 2,93 g (10 mMol) 3-(tert.-butyldimetyl-silyloksymetyl)-4-metylsulfonylazetidin-2-on og 278 mg (ImMol) tetrabutylammoniumklorid og det tofasede system omrøres godt ved 0°C i 3 timer. Fasene adskilles og vaskes hver gang en gang med mettet NaHCO^-oppløsning og mettet NaCl-oppløsning. De vandige faser ekstraheres ennå to ganger med metylenklorid, ekstraktene forenes og tørkes over Na^O^. Inndampning av oppløsningsmidlet 1 vakuum gir et råprodukt som kromatograferes på 50 g silikagel med toluen og etylacetat 2:1 som elueringsmiddel. DC (silikagel) toluen/etylacetat (1:1) Rf - 0,51 and mixed with 1N caustic soda until pH 8. Then 30 ml of methylene chloride, 2.93 g (10 mMol) 3-(tert-butyldimethyl-silyloxymethyl)-4-methylsulfonylazetidin-2-one and 278 mg (ImMol) tetrabutylammonium chloride are added and the two-phase system is stirred well at 0°C for 3 hours. The phases are separated and washed each time once with saturated NaHCO 3 solution and saturated NaCl solution. The aqueous phases are extracted twice more with methylene chloride, the extracts are combined and dried over Na^O^. Evaporation of the solvent under vacuum gives a crude product which is chromatographed on 50 g of silica gel with toluene and ethyl acetate 2:1 as eluent. TLC (silica gel) toluene/ethyl acetate (1:1) Rf - 0.51
IR (metylenklorid): 2,90; 2,94; 5 , 68 ; 5,88 y .IR (methylene chloride): 2.90; 2.94; 5, 68; 5.88 y .
Utgangsmaterialet kan fremstilles som følger:The starting material can be prepared as follows:
6,75 g (33,6 mMol) 5-allyloksykarbonylamino-valerian-syre ble oppløst i 40 ml metylenklorid og blandet med 10,2 ml (73,8 mMol) trietylamino. Til denne oppløsning dryppes under omrøring ved -10°C i løpet av 30 minutter en oppløsning av 5,2 ml (40,3 mMol) klormaursyre-isobutylester i 7 ml metylenklorid. Etter tilsetning etteromrøres ennå i 30 minutter ved -10°C. Deretter innføres i 60 minutter ved 0°C H2S. Oppløsningen vaskes mes IN svovelsyre, ekstraheres deretter først med 5 0 ml og deretter med 3 0 ml mettet natriumbikarbonatoppløsning, og den vandige fase surgjøres i Erlenmeyer-kolbe under omrøring forsiktig med 2 0 %-ig fosforsyre. Den vandige oppløsning ekstraheres tre ganger med kloroform, og den organiske fase tørkes over Na2S046.75 g (33.6 mmol) of 5-allyloxycarbonylamino-valeric acid was dissolved in 40 ml of methylene chloride and mixed with 10.2 ml (73.8 mmol) of triethylamino. A solution of 5.2 ml (40.3 mmol) of chloroformic acid isobutyl ester in 7 ml of methylene chloride is added dropwise to this solution with stirring at -10°C over the course of 30 minutes. After addition, stir again for 30 minutes at -10°C. H2S is then introduced for 60 minutes at 0°C. The solution is washed with IN sulfuric acid, then extracted first with 50 ml and then with 30 ml of saturated sodium bicarbonate solution, and the aqueous phase is acidified in an Erlenmeyer flask while stirring gently with 20% phosphoric acid. The aqueous solution is extracted three times with chloroform, and the organic phase is dried over Na 2 SO 4
og filtreres. Inndampning av oppløsningsmidlet i vakuum og tørking i høyvakuum gir 5-allyloksykarbonylamino-tiovaleriansyre som olje. and filtered. Evaporation of the solvent in vacuo and drying in high vacuum gives 5-allyloxycarbonylamino-thiovaleric acid as an oil.
IR (metylenklorid): 2.94; 3,95; 5,97; 6,75 y.IR (methylene chloride): 2.94; 3.95; 5.97; 6.75 y.
Eksempel 24: 2-/~(3S,4R)-3-(tert.-butyl-dimetylsilyloksymetyl)-4-(5-allyloksykarbonylaminovaleroyltio)-2-okso-azetidin--l-yl7-2-hydroksyeddiksyreallylester. Example 24: 2-(3S,4R)-3-(tert-butyl-dimethylsilyloxymethyl)-4-(5-allyloxycarbonylaminovaleroylthio)-2-oxo-azetidine-1-yl7-2-hydroxyacetic acid allyl ester.
En blanding av 1,9 g (4,4 mMol) (3S,4R)-3-(tert.-butyldimetylsilyloksymetyl)-4-(5-allyloksykarbonylamino-valeroyltio) -azetidin-2-on og 1,9 g (13,2 mMol) glyoksylsyre-allylester-etylhemiketal i 30 ml toluen og 2 ml N,N-dime.tyl-formamid blandes med 16 g molekylarsikt 4Å og omrøres ved værelsestemperatur i 16 timer. Blandingen filtreres og filterresiduet vaskes med toluen. Inndampning av filtratet og tørkning ved 40°C i høyvakuum gir produkter som gul olje. A mixture of 1.9 g (4.4 mmol) (3S,4R)-3-(tert-butyldimethylsilyloxymethyl)-4-(5-allyloxycarbonylamino-valeroylthio)-azetidin-2-one and 1.9 g (13 .2 mmol) of glyoxylic acid-allyl ester-ethyl hemiketal in 30 ml of toluene and 2 ml of N,N-dimethylformamide are mixed with 16 g of molecular sieve 4Å and stirred at room temperature for 16 hours. The mixture is filtered and the filter residue is washed with toluene. Evaporation of the filtrate and drying at 40°C in high vacuum gives products such as yellow oil.
DC (silikagel) toluen/etylacetat (2:1); Rf -0,44; DC (silica gel) toluene/ethyl acetate (2:1); Rf -0.44;
IR (metylenklorid): 2, 85, 2, 91, 5, 65, 5, 74,. 5,81 y.IR (methylene chloride): 2, 85, 2, 91, 5, 65, 5, 74, . 5.81 y.
Eksempel 25: 2-/~(3S,4R)-3-(tert.-butyl-dimetylsilyloksymetyl)-4-(5-allyloksy-karbonylaminovaleroyltio)-2-okso-azet-idin-l-yl/-2-trifenylfosforanylideneddiksyreallyl-ester . Example 25: 2-/~(3S,4R)-3-(tert-butyl-dimethylsilyloxymethyl)-4-(5-allyloxy-carbonylaminovaleroylthio)-2-oxo-azet-idin-1-yl/-2-triphenylphosphoranylideneacetic acid allyl -ester .
Til en oppløsning av 2,35 g (4,32 mMol) 2-/7(3S,4R)-3-(tert.-butyl-di-metylsilyloksymetyl)-4-(5-allyloksykarbonyl-aminovaleroyltio)-2-okso-azetidin-l-yl/-2-hydroksyeddiksyreallyl-ester i 60 ml tetrahydrofuran tilsettes under omrøring ved -20°C i rekkefølge 0,37 ml (5,14 mMol) 'tionylklorid" og 0,7 ml (5,14 mMol) trietylamin i løpet av 5 minutter. Den hvite suspensjon omrøres dessuten ved -15°C i 20 minutter, blandes med metylenklorid, vaskes ved 0, IN saltsyre, og to ganger med mettet NaCl-oppløsning. Oppløsningen tørkes over Na2S04, filtreres og inndampes i vakuum. Residuet oppløses i 7 ml tetrahydrof uran, blandes med 1,8 g (6,8 mMol) trifenylfosfin, og 0,6 ml (4,4 mMol) trietylamin og omrøres ved værelsestemperatur i 16 timer. Man fortynner med metylenklorid, vasker med mettet vandig NaHCO^-oppløsning, tørker den organiske fase over Na2SO^og filtrerer. Inndampning av oppløsningsmidlet i vakuum og kromatografi av residuet på 50 g silikagel med toluen/etylacetat 2:1 gir det rene produkt. To a solution of 2.35 g (4.32 mmol) 2-(3S,4R)-3-(tert-butyl-dimethylsilyloxymethyl)-4-(5-allyloxycarbonyl-aminovaleroylthio)-2-oxo -azetidin-1-yl/-2-hydroxyacetic acid allyl ester in 60 ml of tetrahydrofuran is added with stirring at -20°C in order 0.37 ml (5.14 mmol) of "thionyl chloride" and 0.7 ml (5.14 mmol ) triethylamine over 5 minutes. The white suspension is further stirred at -15°C for 20 minutes, mixed with methylene chloride, washed with 0.1N hydrochloric acid, and twice with saturated NaCl solution. The solution is dried over Na 2 SO 4 , filtered and evaporated in vacuum. The residue is dissolved in 7 ml tetrahydrofuran, mixed with 1.8 g (6.8 mmol) triphenylphosphine, and 0.6 ml (4.4 mmol) triethylamine and stirred at room temperature for 16 hours. It is diluted with methylene chloride, wash with saturated aqueous NaHCO^ solution, dry the organic phase over Na2SO^ and filter. Evaporation of the solvent in vacuo and chromatography of the residue on 50 g of silica gel with toluene/ethyl acetate 2:1 gives the pure product ID
DC (silikagel) toluen/etylacetat (1:1), Rf = 0,40,DC (silica gel) toluene/ethyl acetate (1:1), Rf = 0.40,
IR (metylenklorid): 2 , 91; 5 ,71; 5,83 ; 5,95; 6,21 y .IR (methylene chloride): 2 , 91; 5.71; 5.83; 5.95; 6.21 y .
Eksempel 26: 2-/~(3S,4R)-4-(5-allyloksykarbonylaminovaIeroyl-tio)-3-hydrbksymetyl-2-okso-azetidin-l-yl/-2-tri-fenylfosforanyliden-eddiksyreallylester. Example 26: 2-[(3S,4R)-4-(5-AllyloxycarbonylaminonovaIeroyl-thio)-3-hydroxymethyl-2-oxo-azetidin-1-yl]-2-tri-phenylphosphoranylidene-acetic acid allyl ester.
En oppløsning av 546 g (0,69 mMol) 2-/~(3S,4R)-3-(tert.-butyl-dimetylsilyloksymetyl)-4-(5-allyloksykarbonyl-aminovaleroyltio)-2-okso-azetidin-l-yl/-2-trifenylfosforanyliden-eddiksyreallylester i 12 ml tetrahydrofuran avkjøles til -10°C, blandes med 536 mg (1,7 mMol) tetrabutylammoniumfluorid og omrøres i 15 minutter. Deretter fortynnes med metylenklorid, A solution of 546 g (0.69 mmol) of 2-[(3S,4R)-3-(tert-butyl-dimethylsilyloxymethyl)-4-(5-allyloxycarbonyl-aminovaleroylthio)-2-oxo-azetidine-1- yl/-2-triphenylphosphoranylidene-acetic acid allyl ester in 12 ml of tetrahydrofuran is cooled to -10°C, mixed with 536 mg (1.7 mmol) of tetrabutylammonium fluoride and stirred for 15 minutes. Then dilute with methylene chloride,
og vaskes med vandig NaHCO^-oppløsning og NaCl-oppløsning. Den organiske fase tørkes over Na2SO^og inndampes i vakuum. Residuet kromatograferes på silikagel med elueringsmiddel etylacetat. and washed with aqueous NaHCO3 solution and NaCl solution. The organic phase is dried over Na2SO4 and evaporated in vacuo. The residue is chromatographed on silica gel with the eluent ethyl acetate.
DC (silikagel) etylacetat: Rf = 0,24,DC (silica gel) ethyl acetate: Rf = 0.24,
IR (metylenklorid): 2,79; 2,90; 5,71; 5,83; 6,21 y.IR (methylene chloride): 2.79; 2.90; 5.71; 5.83; 6.21 y.
Eksempel 27: (5R,6S)-2-(4-allyloksykarbonylaminobutyl)-6-hydroksy-metyl-2-penem-3-karboksylsyreallylester. Example 27: (5R,6S)-2-(4-allyloxycarbonylaminobutyl)-6-hydroxymethyl-2-penem-3-carboxylic acid allyl ester.
En oppløsning av 98 mg (0,14 mMol) 2-/~(3S>4R)-4-(5-allyloksykarbonylaminovaleroyltio)-3-hydroksymetyl-2-okso-azetidin-1- yl/-2-trifenyl-fosforanyliden-eddiksyreallylester i 10 ml toluen oppvarmes under nitrogenatmosfære i 16 timer ved 105°C. Inndampning av oppløsningsmidlet og kromatografi av residuet A solution of 98 mg (0.14 mmol) of 2-/~(3S>4R)-4-(5-allyloxycarbonylaminovaleroylthio)-3-hydroxymethyl-2-oxo-azetidin-1-yl/-2-triphenyl-phosphoranylidene- acetic acid allyl ester in 10 ml of toluene is heated under a nitrogen atmosphere for 16 hours at 105°C. Evaporation of the solvent and chromatography of the residue
på en preparativ silikagelplate med toluen/etylacetat (1:1)on a preparative silica gel plate with toluene/ethyl acetate (1:1)
gir det rene produkt.gives it pure product.
DC (silikagel) etylacetat: Rf = 0,55,DC (silica gel) ethyl acetate: Rf = 0.55,
IR (metylenklorid) : 2,76; 5,58; 5,81; 6,06 y.IR (methylene chloride) : 2.76; 5.58; 5.81; 6.06 y.
Eksempel 28: (5R, 6S)-2-(4-aminobutyl)-6-'hydroksymetyl-2-penem-3-karboksylsyre. Example 28: (5R,6S)-2-(4-aminobutyl)-6-'hydroxymethyl-2-penem-3-carboxylic acid.
Etter samme forskrift som omtalt i eksempel 19According to the same regulations as mentioned in example 19
fåes når det gåes ut fra (5R,6S)-6-(4-nitrobenzyloksykarbo-nyloksymetyl)-2-/ 4-(4-nitrobensoyloksykarbonylamino)-butyl/- 2- penem-3-karboksylsyre-4-nitrobensylester tittelproduktet. Z~a_/^° + 58° (c=l, H20/NaOH). is obtained when starting from (5R,6S)-6-(4-nitrobenzyloxycarbonyloxymethyl)-2-/4-(4-nitrobenzoyloxycarbonylamino)-butyl/- 2-penem-3-carboxylic acid-4-nitrobenzyl ester the title product. Z~a_/^° + 58° (c=1, H 2 O/NaOH).
UV i H_0 (pH 3): X<2>56 nm (2500), 318 nm (5600). UV in H_0 (pH 3): X<2>56 nm (2500), 318 nm (5600).
c. rricixc. rricix
Det samme produkt kan også fremstilles som følger:The same product can also be produced as follows:
En oppløsning av 46 mg (0,11 mMol) (5R,6S)-2-(4-allyloksykarbonylaminobutyl)-6-hydroksymetyl-2-penem-3-karbok- sylsyreallylester i 2 ml metylenklorid og 1 ml dietyleter om-røres ved værelsestemperatur i 16 timer med 2 0 mg (0,14 mMol) 2-etylheksansyre, 10 mg trifenylfosfin og 16 mg tetrakis-(trifenylfosfin)-palladium. • Oppløsningen fortynnes med metylenklorid, og vaskes to ganger med vann. De forenede vandige faser lyofiliseres og residuet kromatograferes på "reverse phase" tynnsjiktplater (Opti-UPC12) (acetonitril/vann(2:3). j av de tilsvarende soner med acetonitril/vann (4:1), delvis innj-dampning av eluatet og lyof iliser.Lng ay gjenblivende vandige \ oppløsning gir likeledes sluttprodukter, med identiske fysikalske \ data. I A solution of 46 mg (0.11 mmol) (5R,6S)-2-(4-allyloxycarbonylaminobutyl)-6-hydroxymethyl-2-penem-3-carboxylic acid allyl ester in 2 ml methylene chloride and 1 ml diethyl ether is stirred at room temperature for 16 hours with 20 mg (0.14 mmol) of 2-ethylhexanoic acid, 10 mg of triphenylphosphine and 16 mg of tetrakis-(triphenylphosphine)-palladium. • The solution is diluted with methylene chloride and washed twice with water. The combined aqueous phases are lyophilized and the residue is chromatographed on "reverse phase" thin-layer plates (Opti-UPC12) (acetonitrile/water (2:3). j of the corresponding zones with acetonitrile/water (4:1), partial evaporation of the eluate and lyophilises. Long ay remaining aqueous \ solution likewise gives end products, with identical physical \ data.
i in
Eksempel 29: Natriumsalt av (5R,6S)-2-/ 4-(1-etoksykarbonylprop-l-en-2-ylamino)-butyl/-6-hydroksymetyl-2-penem-3-karboksylsyre. Example 29: Sodium salt of (5R,6S)-2-[4-(1-ethoxycarbonylprop-1-en-2-ylamino)-butyl]-6-hydroxymethyl-2-penem-3-carboxylic acid.
0,139 ml (1,1 mMol) aceteddiksyreetylester settes - til en suspensjon av 0,27 mg (1 mMol) (5R,6S)-2-(4-aminobutyl)-6-hydroksymetyl-2-penem-3-karboksylsyre og 0,5 2M-natronlut i 3 ml isopropanol, og omrøres 3 timer ved værelsestemperatur. Ved tilsetning av dietyleter utfelles produktet. IR-spektrum (nujol): absorbsjonsbånd ved 3,0; 5,58; 5,75 u. 0.139 ml (1.1 mmol) of acetoacetic acid ethyl ester is added - to a suspension of 0.27 mg (1 mmol) of (5R,6S)-2-(4-aminobutyl)-6-hydroxymethyl-2-penem-3-carboxylic acid and 0 .5 2M caustic soda in 3 ml isopropanol, and stirred for 3 hours at room temperature. When diethyl ether is added, the product precipitates. IR spectrum (nujol): absorption band at 3.0; 5.58; 5.75 u.
Eksempel 30: (5R,6S)-2-(4-aminobutyl)-6-hydroksymetyl-2-penem-3-karboksylsyre-l-etoksykarbonyloksyetylester. Example 30: (5R,6S)-2-(4-aminobutyl)-6-hydroxymethyl-2-penem-3-carboxylic acid 1-ethoxycarbonyloxyethyl ester.
1,2 g natriumjodid oppløses i 3,7 ml aceton og blandes med 0,275 ml etyl-l-kloretylkarbonat. Blandingen omrøres ved værelsestemperatur i 3 timer. Deretter dryppes oppløsningen på 15,0 ml metylenklorid og frafiltreres fra de utfelte organiske salter. Metylenkloridoppløsningen inndampes i 2 ml og settes ved 0°C til en oppløsning av 0,27 g (1 mMol) (5R,6S)-2-(4-amino-butyl )-6-hydroksymetyl-2-penem-3-karboksylsyre i 4 ml dimetyl-acetamid. Deretter omrøres i 3 timer ved 0°C, deretter fortynnes med metylacetat, vaskes 3 ganger med vann. De organiske faser tørkes over natriumsulfat og inndampes på rotasjonsfor— damper. Råproduktet renses på 10 g silikagel med elueringsmiddel etylacetat. Man får tittelforbindelsen som hvitt skum. IR-spektrum (metylenklorid): absorbsjonsbånd ved 5,58; 5,75 u. 1.2 g of sodium iodide is dissolved in 3.7 ml of acetone and mixed with 0.275 ml of ethyl-1-chloroethyl carbonate. The mixture is stirred at room temperature for 3 hours. The solution is then dripped onto 15.0 ml of methylene chloride and filtered from the precipitated organic salts. The methylene chloride solution is evaporated in 2 ml and added at 0°C to a solution of 0.27 g (1 mmol) (5R,6S)-2-(4-amino-butyl)-6-hydroxymethyl-2-penem-3-carboxylic acid in 4 ml of dimethylacetamide. Then stir for 3 hours at 0°C, then dilute with methyl acetate, wash 3 times with water. The organic phases are dried over sodium sulphate and evaporated on a rotary evaporator. The crude product is purified on 10 g of silica gel with the eluent ethyl acetate. The title compound is obtained as a white foam. IR spectrum (methylene chloride): absorption band at 5.58; 5.75 u.
Eksempel 31: (5R,6S)-2-(4-aminobutyl)-6-hydroksymetyl-2-penem-3-karboksylsyre-pivaloyloksymetylester. Example 31: (5R,6S)-2-(4-aminobutyl)-6-hydroxymethyl-2-penem-3-carboxylic acid pivaloyloxymethyl ester.
0,6 g natriumjodid oppløses i 2 ml aceton og blandes med 0,15 ml pivalinsyreklormetylester. Blandingen omrøres ved værelsestemperatur i 3 timer og dryppes deretter på 7,5 ml metylenklorid. De utfelte uorganiske salter frafUtreres. Metylenkloridoppløsningen inndampes inntil 1 ml og settes ved 0°C til en oppløsning av 0,1 g (0,4 mMol) (5R,6S)-2-(4-amino-butyl )-6-hydroksymetyl-2-penem-3-karboksylsyre og 0,07 ml diisopropyletylamin i 4 ml N,N-dimetylacetamid. Deretter om-røres i 3 timer ved 0°C, deretter fortynnes med etylacetat, og vaskes tre ganger med vann. Den organiske fase tørkes over natriumsulfat og inndampes på rotasjonsfordamper. Råproduktet renses på 10 g silikagel ved elueringsmidlet etylacetat. 0.6 g of sodium iodide is dissolved in 2 ml of acetone and mixed with 0.15 ml of pivalic acid chloromethyl ester. The mixture is stirred at room temperature for 3 hours and then dripped onto 7.5 ml of methylene chloride. The precipitated inorganic salts are filtered off. The methylene chloride solution is evaporated to 1 ml and added at 0°C to a solution of 0.1 g (0.4 mmol) (5R,6S)-2-(4-amino-butyl)-6-hydroxymethyl-2-penem-3 -carboxylic acid and 0.07 ml of diisopropylethylamine in 4 ml of N,N-dimethylacetamide. It is then stirred for 3 hours at 0°C, then diluted with ethyl acetate, and washed three times with water. The organic phase is dried over sodium sulfate and evaporated on a rotary evaporator. The crude product is purified on 10 g of silica gel with the eluent ethyl acetate.
Man får tittelforbindelsen som hvitt skum. IR-spektrum (metylen- The title compound is obtained as a white foam. IR spectrum (methylene-
klorid) : Absorbsjonsbånd ved 5,58; 5,75 y.chloride) : Absorption band at 5.58; 5.75 y.
Eksempel 32:Example 32:
Tørrampuller eller vials, inneholdende 0,5 g (5R,6S)-2-(4-aminobutyl)-6-hydroksymetyl-2-penem-3-karboksylsyre som virksomt stoff fremstilles som følger: Dry ampoules or vials, containing 0.5 g of (5R,6S)-2-(4-aminobutyl)-6-hydroxymethyl-2-penem-3-carboxylic acid as active substance are prepared as follows:
Sammensetning: (for 1 ampulle eller vial):Composition: (for 1 ampoule or vial):
En steril vandig' oppløsning av det virksomme stoffet og manniten blir under aseptiske betingelser i 5 ml ampuller eller 5 ml-vial underkastes frysetørkning og ampullene resp. vialene lukket og undersøkt. A sterile aqueous solution of the active substance and mannitol is subjected to freeze-drying under aseptic conditions in 5 ml ampoules or 5 ml vials and the ampoules resp. the vials were closed and examined.
Claims (7)
Applications Claiming Priority (2)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
US06/327,380 US4436661A (en) | 1979-08-01 | 1981-12-04 | 3-Substituted bicyclic azetidinone derivatives |
CH280582 | 1982-05-06 |
Publications (1)
Publication Number | Publication Date |
---|---|
NO824067L true NO824067L (en) | 1983-06-06 |
Family
ID=25691441
Family Applications (1)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
NO824067A NO824067L (en) | 1981-12-04 | 1982-12-03 | AMINOBUTYLFORBINDELSER. |
Country Status (10)
Country | Link |
---|---|
EP (1) | EP0082113A1 (en) |
AU (1) | AU9116482A (en) |
DK (1) | DK537882A (en) |
ES (1) | ES8401491A1 (en) |
FI (1) | FI824132L (en) |
GB (1) | GB2111492A (en) |
GR (1) | GR79794B (en) |
IL (1) | IL67398A0 (en) |
NO (1) | NO824067L (en) |
PT (1) | PT75930B (en) |
Families Citing this family (1)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US4554103A (en) * | 1983-07-14 | 1985-11-19 | Schering Corporation | Preparation of 4-acyloxyazetidinones from acyl nitrates and penams |
Family Cites Families (2)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US4168314A (en) * | 1977-11-17 | 1979-09-18 | Merck & Co., Inc. | 6-(1'-Hydroxyethyl)-2-aminoethylthio-pen-2-em-3-carboxylic acid |
JPS5625110A (en) * | 1978-12-18 | 1981-03-10 | Bristol Myers Co | Antibacterial |
-
1982
- 1982-11-29 EP EP82810511A patent/EP0082113A1/en not_active Withdrawn
- 1982-11-30 GB GB08234034A patent/GB2111492A/en not_active Withdrawn
- 1982-12-01 FI FI824132A patent/FI824132L/en not_active Application Discontinuation
- 1982-12-02 GR GR69971A patent/GR79794B/el unknown
- 1982-12-02 ES ES517884A patent/ES8401491A1/en not_active Expired
- 1982-12-02 IL IL67398A patent/IL67398A0/en unknown
- 1982-12-03 AU AU91164/82A patent/AU9116482A/en not_active Abandoned
- 1982-12-03 PT PT75930A patent/PT75930B/en unknown
- 1982-12-03 DK DK537882A patent/DK537882A/en not_active Application Discontinuation
- 1982-12-03 NO NO824067A patent/NO824067L/en unknown
Also Published As
Publication number | Publication date |
---|---|
ES517884A0 (en) | 1983-12-16 |
PT75930A (en) | 1983-01-01 |
GR79794B (en) | 1984-10-31 |
IL67398A0 (en) | 1983-05-15 |
FI824132A0 (en) | 1982-12-01 |
GB2111492A (en) | 1983-07-06 |
EP0082113A1 (en) | 1983-06-22 |
AU9116482A (en) | 1983-06-09 |
ES8401491A1 (en) | 1983-12-16 |
PT75930B (en) | 1985-12-20 |
FI824132L (en) | 1983-06-05 |
DK537882A (en) | 1983-06-05 |
Similar Documents
Publication | Publication Date | Title |
---|---|---|
SE443980B (en) | PROCEDURE FOR PREPARING 2-PENEM-3-CARBOXYLIC ACID COMPOUNDS | |
EP0199446B1 (en) | Penem compounds, production and use thereof | |
EP0000636A1 (en) | Penem compounds, processes for their preparation, their use in pharmaceutical compositions and azetidinones used in their preparation | |
US4585767A (en) | Antibacterial penem derivatives | |
IE57576B1 (en) | 2-alkylthiopenem derivatives | |
NO834189L (en) | PROCEDURE FOR THE PREPARATION OF 6-HYDROXY-LOWER GENERIC COOL-PENEM COMPOUNDS | |
EP0099059B1 (en) | Antibacterial penem derivatives | |
GB2154576A (en) | Antibacterial penem derivatives | |
NO841789L (en) | PROCEDURE FOR THE PREPARATION OF AMINOLA GENERIC SEAT PENEM | |
US4656165A (en) | Aminomethyl penem compounds | |
NO824067L (en) | AMINOBUTYLFORBINDELSER. | |
EP0275002A1 (en) | Process for the production of 7-oxo-4-thia-1-aza-bicyclo [3.2.0] hept-2-ene derivatives | |
NO834191L (en) | PROCEDURE FOR THE PREPARATION OF HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS | |
US4616007A (en) | Heterocyclthio compounds, process for their manufacture, pharmaceutical preparations that contain these compounds, and the the use of the latter | |
NO169716B (en) | ANALOGY PROCEDURE FOR THE PREPARATION OF THERAPEUTIC ACTIVE BICYCLIC BETA-LACTAM CARBOXYL ACIDS | |
NO841788L (en) | HETEROCYCLYL-LAVALKYL-PENEM COMPOUNDS, PROCEDURES FOR THEIR PREPARATION, PHARMACEUTICAL PREPARATIONS, CONTAINING THESE COMPOUNDS AND APPLICATION OF THE LATER | |
US4540580A (en) | 2-[(1'R)-1'-Aminoalkyl]penems | |
US4540579A (en) | 2-[(R) Amino acid alkyl]penems | |
EP0121502A1 (en) | Novel penem compounds, pharmaceutical compositions containing them, processes for their preparation | |
KR870000524B1 (en) | Process for preparing 2-dioxacycloalkyl thiopenem derivatives | |
EP0201459A1 (en) | Acylaminomethyl-penem compounds, their preparation and pharmaceutical formulations containing them | |
NO845277L (en) | PROCEDURE FOR MANUFACTURING NEW OPTICALLY ACTIVE PENEM CONNECTIONS. | |
NO853142L (en) | NEW AMINOAL CHILDREN PENALS. | |
DD251132A5 (en) | PROCESS FOR PREPARING AMINOENETERALKYL-PENEM COMPOUNDS | |
GB2151631A (en) | Anti bacterial penem derivatives and intermediates therefore |